Half Size Me

Nov 23 2020 48 mins 8.3k

The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly show about weight loss and getting healthy in a sustainable and maintainable way. Whether you want to lose weight or maintain your weight, you'll find what you need to help you reach your weight loss goals. Host Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds and has maintained her weight loss since 2012, interviews real people who share their own motivational stories of weight loss and weight maintenance. Whether you're just getting started losing weight, already in weight maintenance, or somewhere in between, The Half Size Me™ show is for you!





Why You Don’t Have To Be Perfect To Be Proud Of Yourself | HSM 459
Nov 23 2020 57 mins  
In episode 459 of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks with Kate about why you don't have to be perfect to be proud of yourself and * how her stressful job and relationships affected her weight * what exercise she learned she didn’t like doing to lose weight * why it’s helpful to have pride in yourself no matter what you weigh * why fitting into her favorite jeans helped motivate her * what do after you gain weight * how she’s made peace with her weight being above her BMI range * why it’s important to focus on what your body can do * and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

How A Weight Loss Support Partner Can Help You | HSM 458
Nov 16 2020 45 mins  
In episode 458 of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks with Kayte about how a weight loss support partner can help you and * why she has an extremely long history with the last 30-40 pounds * what is the point she wants to get to * how meditating has helped her * and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.


How To Overcome Struggles With Meal Planning | HSM 457
Nov 09 2020 45 mins  
In episode 457 of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks with Chastity about how to overcome struggles with meal planning and * how to cook for picky family members * why you want to pre-order meals from restaurants * what are some ways she can help her son * and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

Why Restrictive Dieting To Lose Weight Doesn’t Work | HSM 456
Nov 02 2020 37 mins  
In episode 456 of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks with Angie about why restrictive dieting to lose weight doesn't work and * how many pounds she has lost since last year * what happened one year ago when she listened to show * how long she has struggled with a fixed mindset * and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

Change Your Life For The Long Haul | HSM 455
Oct 26 2020 54 mins  
In episode 455 of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks with Mark from Zarate Fitness (you can check out his site HERE and his podcast HERE) about why you need to change your life for the long haul and * how to identify the struggles and pitfalls of weight loss * why deadlines can negate all the things you learn * how he struggled with weighing two-hundred and fifty pounds * why it is important to know some discomfort is required * and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

Why Restricting Treats and Desserts Hurts Weight Loss | HSM 454
Oct 19 2020 41 mins  
In episode 454 of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks with Kim about why restricting treats and desserts hurts weight loss and * how she gained weight and lost the same weight for 40 years * why she struggles with guilt about taking care of herself * what her plan to improve moving forward will be * and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

Why Being Kinder To Yourself Can Help You Lose Weight| HSM 453
Oct 12 2020 59 mins  
In episode 453 of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks with Joy about why being kinder to yourself can help you lose weight and * why it's important to create a program that works for you * how she focused on being persistent vs. consistent * what she did to maintain her 75-pound weight loss after the age of 50 * and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

How To Eat Healthy And Include Treats You Love | HSM 452
Oct 05 2020 39 mins  
In episode 452 of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks with Naomi about how to eat healthy and include the treats you love and * what she’s realized since having gastric bypass in 2019 * why she has a hard time sticking to her meal plan * what to do when she goes out to eat on weekends * why it’s important to have maintenance days and deficit days * and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

How Do I Maintain Weight When I’m Busy With A Family? | HSM 451
Sep 28 2020 42 mins  
In episode 451 of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks with Ivy about how to maintain weight when you're busy with a family and   * how to overcome weight loss struggles * what are the benefits of meal planning cards * what she can do to revamp her meals * and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

Learn How Birth Control Can Affect Weight Loss and Athletic Performance With Lyle Macdonald | HSM 450
Sep 21 2020 78 mins  
In episode 450 of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks with Lyle MacDonald about how birth control can affect weight loss and athletic performance and * why synthetic estrogen does not act the same as regular estrogen * how low dose estrogen can keep weight down * what the impact of birth control is on athletic performance * how running affects bone marrow density * and much more! You can learn more about Lyle here and pick up his books here. Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.


Why Tracking Consistency Is More Important Than Accuracy | HSM 449
Sep 14 2020 60 mins  
In episode 449 of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks with Shannon about why tracking consistency is more important than accuracy and * how long she’s struggled with weight maintenance * what are her mental struggles around weight maintenance * how she’s maintained with various calorie ranges * and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

Why It’s A Privilege To Maintain Your Weight | HSM 448
Sep 07 2020 41 mins  
In episode 448 of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks with Linda about why it’s a privilege to maintain your weight and * how she’s maintained her weight for 10 months * why she loves to exercise and how it impacts her weight * how to reframe the way she thinks as a maintainer * how she’s learning acceptance * and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

Why it’s never too late to start | HSM 447
Aug 31 2020 48 mins  
In episode 447 of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks with Karolyn about why it’s never too late to start and * why her process is now working * what were the things that kept her stuck * why you need to prioritize your health * how she learned to have treats in her journey * why she struggled with no balance in her life * why she should have gotten into a support group * and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

How You Can Take Responsibility For Your Own Health | HSM 446
Aug 24 2020 50 mins  
In episode 446 of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks with Sarah about how you can take responsibility for your own health and * how she went from a non-active to an active lifestyle * why she fears losing mobility * how to spot the signs of depression in loved ones or in yourself * and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

Setting Up Boundaries With Well-Meaning Family And Friends | HSM 445
Aug 17 2020 43 mins  
In episode 445 of The Half Size Me Show, Heather answers VIP questions and then talks with Tessa about setting up boundaries with well-meaning family and friends and * how she's maintained her 50-pound weight loss * how to best manage weight during a pregnancy * and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

Letting Go Of The Guilt And Eating The Things You Enjoy | HSM 444
Aug 10 2020 43 mins  
In episode 444 of The Half Size Me Show, Heather answers VIP questions and talks with Ruth about letting go of the guilt and eating the things you enjoy and * why eating late seems so counterproductive and * what she's struggles with while working a non-traditional job * why she chose the drive-through when coming back from school * why weight loss is her ultimate goal * why she wants permission to eat late at night * and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

How To Set Yourself Up For Weight Loss Success | HSM 443
Aug 03 2020 49 mins  
In episode 443 of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks with Corli about how to set yourself up for weight loss success and * why she gained weight in high school * how old she was when she started dieting * why it's important to learn a healthy lifestyle * and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

Why You Should Refuse To Quit On Yourself | HSM 442
Jul 27 2020 48 mins  
In episode 442 of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks with Corina about why you should refuse to quit on yourself and * how to avoid the traps that can cause you to quit * how she lost 60 pounds and then gained it back * what she could use as an alternative to WW * what mindset and tracking techniques that will help her successful lose, and keep off, the weight * and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.


What To Do When Feeling Anxious About Food | HSM 441
Jul 20 2020 58 mins  
In episode 441 of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks with Megan about what to do when feeling anxious about food and * how to deal with obsessive food thoughts * how to deal with special event eating stress * how to save some calories each day for events * and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

Why You Must Keep Trying And Not Give Up | HSM 440
Jul 13 2020 51 mins  
In episode 440 of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks with Janene about why you must keep trying and not give up on yourself and * how she started becoming self-aware of her body * why she put on a lot of weight in pregnancy * why it took a long time to lose the weight - * what made her start thinking about her health * why you need to make a program your own * and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

How To Pre-Track Restaurant Food and Finding “Green Light” Restaurants | HSM 439
Jul 06 2020 43 mins  
In episode 439 of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks with Sara about how to pre-track restaurant food so you won't worry about what you'll eat and * how to find "green light" restaurants * how she lost 80 pounds, but then gained 50 back * what caused her to slowly gain over summer vacation * why she doesn't want to cook when she gets home from work * what is causing her to struggle with eating out most days * why she needs to have more fun eating meals out once or twice a week * and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

Why You Need To Focus On Consistency | HSM 438
Jun 29 2020 44 mins  
In episode 438 of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks with guest Sonja about why you need to focus on consistency and * why it's hard to do the actions to get the weight off * what she discovered as her big why * why she thinks she has a problem with sugar * how she can increase her protein and fiber * why she's not eating well during the day and sabotaging at night * and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

How To Set Boundaries Around Food And Family | HSM 437
Jun 22 2020 34 mins  
In episode 437 of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks with Kris about how to set boundaries around food and * how she can overcome her struggle with people-pleasing * what to do when her family wants to go out to dinner but she doesn't * why she doesn't make the choices that help her * how she is going to tell her family she will cook and prepare her own meals * why she wants to be in the best shape before an upcoming surgery * and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

Why What You Eat Is Key To Getting The Weight Back Off | HSM 436
Jun 15 2020 40 mins  
In episode 436 of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks with Katie about why what you eat is key to getting the weight back off and * how she lost 55 pounds 8 years ago * what happened when she became an emergency room nurse * why her nursing schedule is affecting her weight loss * how to handle planning, shopping, and food preparation * when to schedule doing exercise like lifting and running * and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

Why It’s Important To Connect With Honesty About Weight Loss (With Amanda Valentine of the Pound This podcast)
Jun 08 2020 52 mins  
In episode 435 of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks with podcaster Amanda Valentine (find her show here and follow her on Instagram here) about why it's important to connect with honesty about weight loss and * what she learned from multiple attempts at weight loss * how to make the best decision for yourself * why dieting led to binge eating * why she didn't force herself to go to the gym * how to overcome the struggle with a lifetime of weight loss thoughts * how she used her podcast as a way to share her struggles * and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

Why Knowing Your Minimums And Preferred Behaviors Can Help With Stress | HSM 434
Jun 01 2020 47 mins  
In episode 434 of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks with Rosalie about why knowing your minimums and preferred behaviors can help with stress and * why it's important to stick to maintenance calories during holidays * when is it the best time to start taking a calorie deficit again * how to start pre-tracking treats and meals * what can help determine your high and low-calorie days * how learning boundaries could help her * and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.


Why You Should Focus On Finding Your Maintenance Calories | HSM 433
May 25 2020 58 mins  
In episode 433 of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks with Linda about why you should focus on finding your maintenance calories and * why she's sick of not being active * how she lost 80 pounds in 16 months * how to develop the right mindset * why she thinks the weight came back * how she's cutting back on meals out and learning to track her food * and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

Why it’s important to let go of ego and get support to keep the weight off | HSM 432
May 18 2020 42 mins  
In episode 432 of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks with HSM Community member Norma about why it's important to let go of ego and get support to keep the weight off and * why eating meals out can lead to weight gain * what you can do to help college students avoid weight gain * how to teach kids to cook, meal plan, and order out in a healthy way * how to prepare kids for eating in college * what curiosity allowed her to learn about herself * and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

Why It’s Better To Maintain Weight During COVID-19 Pandemic Instead Of Losing Weight
May 11 2020 50 mins  
In episode 431 of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks with Deseray about why it's better to maintain weight during COVID-19 pandemic instead of losing weight and * why she's not sure if she should keep losing more weight * how she lost 30 pounds in 3 years * why she wants to get down to 145 * what are the real reasons she wants to lose weight a strong * how to develop a stronger why for weight loss * and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

Lose Weight By Changing The Food On Your Plate
May 04 2020 37 mins  
In episode 430 of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks with Lena about how she could lose weight by changing the food on her plate and * why she struggles with tracking * how many snacks she is eating each day * how she can make a plan to reduce snacking * and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

How To Make More Time For Exercise And Self-Care
Apr 27 2020 45 mins  
In episode 429 of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks with Bonnie about * how to make more time for exercise and self-care * why it's important to approach weight loss while leading by example * how to set boundaries with her kids * why a certain meal planning technique is a game-changer * and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

Why Fear-Based Motivation Doesn’t Work
Apr 20 2020 36 mins  
In episode 428 of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks with Ashley about why fear-based motivation doesn't work and * why you need to do this in moderation * why you cannot change overnight * how to deal with all the things going on in the world * how to identify when a process or practice isn't serving us * how to do meal planning with daily treats * and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join Get your Escape The Food Prison Coaching Cast here: https://www.halfsizeme.com/?&SingleProduct=6 Use coupon code 30OFFAPR20 at checkout to get 30% off! About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

Struggling To Master Maintenance And Teleworking During COVID-19 Lockdown
Apr 13 2020 34 mins  
In episode 427 of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks with Melissa about * why she's struggling to master maintenance * how to deal with teleworking during COVID-19 lockdown * how to deal with isolation * what mastering maintenance should look like * hot to deal with gaining and losing the same three pounds * and more!   Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join Get your FREE "Survive and Thrive: A Resource Guide To Help Keep You Sane, Healthy, and Grateful During The Coronavirus Pandemic" HERE! About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

BONUS | Q&A and How To Stop Excessive Grazing, Eating While Working At Home
Apr 09 2020 49 mins  
In this BONUS episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares a recent webinar she recorded where she answered questions about * how to stop excessive grazing, eating while working at home * what to do when you are eating more carbs to stretch out meals for the pandemic * how to manage cooking for all family members while home * and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join Get your FREE "Survive and Thrive: A Resource Guide To Help Keep You Sane, Healthy, and Grateful During The Coronavirus Pandemic" HERE! About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.


426. Mike Howard | How To Discover What “Best Way” Works For You
Apr 06 2020 50 mins  
In episode 426 of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks with guest Mike Howard about why there is no one “best way,” but instead how to discover what "best way" works for you and * how to “talk back” to so-called diet gurus * why it’s important to work backward when setting goals * what the addition mindset is and why it’s important * how to simplify things that allow you to add more to your life * how to set up your home environment for success * how to not allow your brain to talk you out of taking action * and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

BONUS EPISODE: How To Survive and Thrive During The Coronavirus Pandemic
Apr 01 2020 73 mins  
In this BONUS episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares a recent webinar she recorded where she talks about * how to survive and thrive during the Coronavirus pandemic * what activities you can do if you're kids are at home with your * how to deal with working from home and the temptations you'll face * * and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join Get your FREE "Survive and Thrive: A Resource Guide To Help Keep You Sane, Healthy, and Grateful During The Coronavirus Pandemic" HERE! About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

How To Stop The Binge Eating Cycle To Lose Weight
Mar 30 2020 54 mins  
In episode 425 of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks with Valerie about * how to stop the binge eating cycle to lose weight * why she struggles with wanting to lose 20-25 pounds * how restricting leads to binge eating * why she stopped going to WW * how to normalize your relationship with food and treats * and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join Get your Escape the Food Prison Coaching Cast here: https://www.halfsizeme.com/?&SingleProduct=6 Use coupon code 30OFFAPR20 at checkout to get 30% off! About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

Why It’s Important To Focus On Actions, Not Outcomes With Tanya Shaw
Mar 23 2020 65 mins  
In episode 424 of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks with returning guest Tanja Shaw about * how to avoid the extremes of restrictive eating and overeating * why some people focus on weight loss * why it's important to focus on actions, not outcomes * hot to not get trapped in the diet cycle * why self-trust is required for health and weight * how to find your nurturing voice * why small consistent habits can rewire the brain * how to learn to accept and love the little things * why you should focus on your life with the end in mind * and more! Learn more about Tanja Shaw here: https://www.tanjashaw.com Are you ready to get the help you need? Then go here now to learn more: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

How You Can Focus On Finding Your Maintenance Calories | Half Size Me
Mar 16 2020 50 mins  
In episode 423 of The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her recent experience in New York City and what happened when her son was rushed to the hospital and tested for COVID-19 (Coronavirus). She also talks with Nancy about * how she lost 75 pounds but then gained 10 back * why her goal is to not gain more * how she can maintain her weight * what she finds triggering * how she will focus on finding her maintenance calories * why she is letting go of losing the last 10 pounds focusing for * and more! Are you ready to get the help AND the support you need? To learn more about the HSM Community, CLICK HERE: https://halfsizeme.com/join Use code HSMC40OFF at checkout to get 40% off your first month in the HSM Community! Or use code HSMC20OFF at checkout to get 20% off a three-month membership in the HSM Community! About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

Dulce Lost 100 Pounds And Discovered “Fast” Weight Loss Is Not So Fast | Half Size Me
Mar 09 2020 51 mins  
In episode 422 of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks with Dulce, who lost 100 pounds, about * why "fast" weight loss is not so fast * how she had her wake up call about her weight * how she learned she was not eating enough * why it took her five months to find her maintenance calories * how she is finding her way back to a deficit to finish losing weight * what are the many gifts she's discovered during her journey * and more! Are you ready to get the help you need? Then go here now to learn more: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

Ask Coach Heather: Why Am I Struggling With Defining Maintenance? | Half Size Me
Mar 02 2020 45 mins  
In episode 421 of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks with Donna about * why she is struggling with defining maintenance for herself * why traveling a lot causes her to struggle with eating away from home * what she can do to clarify what maintenance looks like on the scale and in her behaviors how she can find her maintenance calories * and more! Are you ready to get the help you need? Then go here now to learn more: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

Ask Coach Heather: Why Am I Struggling With “On and Off” Dieting? | Half Size Me
Feb 24 2020 52 mins  
In episode 420 of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks with Lynsey about * why she is struggling with "on and off" dieting * what she struggles with when she feels she is eating well * why she eats over her calories * how many years she spent trying to lose weight fast * how she can create a 3-year plan to lose weight slowly * why it's important to eat at maintenance calories or a deficit * what she needs to reduce to help her lose weight * and more! Get your Master Your Calories Teaching Toolkit here: https://www.halfsizeme.com/?&SingleProduct=8 Use coupon code FEB20OFF at checkout to get 20% off! Do you want to start working on a NEW way to approach weight loss where you create the program that works best for YOU? Then go here to learn more: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.


How Truck Driver Grace Lost Weight While Being Kinder To Herself
Feb 17 2020 36 mins  
In episode 419 of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks with Grace about how to be kinder to yourself while losing weight and * how growing up in a large family affected her * what her husband did when they got married * why exercising to lose weight but not changing eating habits does not work * what happened after she had two children * why she felt tracking calories was stressful * what her life is like as a female truck driver * what she wishes she could go back and tell herself * and more! Want to start working on a NEW way to approach weight loss? One where YOU create the program that works best for YOU? Go here to learn more: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

Why One Indulgent Meal Per Day Can Help You During Holidays or Vacations | Half Size Me
Feb 10 2020 39 mins  
In episode 418 of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks with Sami about * why she is struggling with eating during her holiday week * why eating one indulgent and two regular meals per day can help * why an air fryer could help her * and more! Do you want to start working on a NEW way to approach weight loss where you create the program that works best for YOU? Then go here to learn more: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

Is “Dieting Down” For An Event Ever A Good Idea?
Feb 03 2020 47 mins  
In episode 417 of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks with Dakota about * why he wants to lose weight * how he's doing after submitting a question regarding "dieting down" * how he is going to work on tracking at a higher calorie target and planning for weekends * why it's important to pre-track treats * and more! Get your Escape The Food Prison Coaching Cast here: https://www.halfsizeme.com/?&SingleProduct=6 Use coupon code 15OFFFEB20 at checkout to get 15% off! Do you want to start working on a NEW way to approach weight loss where you create the program that works best for YOU? Then go here to learn more: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

Why Making Connections Is Important For Your Health
Jan 27 2020 36 mins  
In episode 416 of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks with Heidi about * why making connections is important for your health * how to find new, fun activities to do when family visits when instead of using food why she's struggled with her weight for a long time * and more! Get your End Emotional Eating Toolkit here: https://www.halfsizeme.com/?&SingleProduct=9 Use coupon code EEE2020 at checkout to get 15% off! Do you want to start working on a NEW way to approach weight loss where you create the program that works best for YOU? Then go here to learn more: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

Why It’s Important to Practice Before Going Out To Eat
Jan 20 2020 37 mins  
In episode 415 of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks with Cami about * how she gained weight after following a commercial weight loss plan * why she needs to eat at maintenance calories for two weeks * how she plans to eat with her family at restaurants * why it's important to practice by picking meals ahead of time * what her concerns are about her daughter's body image * and more! Get your Fight The Weight Gain Teaching Toolkit here: https://www.halfsizeme.com/?&SingleProduct=10 Use coupon code FTWG15 at checkout to get 15% off! Do you want to start working on a NEW way to approach weight loss where you create the program that works best for YOU? Then go here to learn more: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

Why You Should NOT Gear Up For Weight Loss This Year
Jan 13 2020 49 mins  
In episode 414 of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks with Ann about why she needs to focus on slow habit change to lose weight and not "gear up" for weight loss and * what she can do to stop binge eating * why she feels resistant to anything that looks like a diet * when she will make her meal plan to prepare for the week * why she will ask herself what she is willing to change * and more! Get your Stop Dieting, Start Losing Coaching Cast here: https://www.halfsizeme.com/?&SingleProduct=7 Use coupon code 15OFFJAN20 at checkout to get 15% off your coaching cast today! Do you want to start working on a NEW way to approach weight loss where you create the program that works best for YOU? Then go here to learn more: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

Half Size Me: How To Stop Eating Too Much At Night
Jan 06 2020 36 mins  
In episode 413 of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks with Corrie about * why she's struggled extreme dieting * what types of workouts she loves the most * what she's doing to help her stop eating too much at night * and more! Get your Escape The Food Prison Coaching Cast here: https://www.halfsizeme.com/?&SingleProduct=6 Use coupon code 15OFFJAN20 at checkout to get 15% off! Do you want to start working on a way to approach weight loss where you create the program that works best for YOU? Then go here to learn more: https://halfsizeme.com/join Use coupon code 15OFFJAN20 at checkout to get 15% off! About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

You Don’t Need to Lose Weight Before Getting What You Want
Dec 30 2019 64 mins  
In episode 412 of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks with Sonja about why you don't need to lose weight before getting what you want and * why she started dieting drinking Diet Tab soda at age 11 * how she went from cleanses to all different kinds of diets * what is unfair about metabolism * how to get beyond the bad habits * why it's so important to hold yourself accountable * what it means to be 48 years old and starting a new journey * and more!   Do you want to start working on a way to approach weight loss where you create the program that works best for YOU? Then go here to learn more: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.


How To Identify Your Diet Cycle Triggers
Dec 23 2019 47 mins  
In episode 411 of The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares with you her webinar on breaking the diet cycle. She talks about how to identify your diet cycle triggers how to lose weight by focusing on your habits why you won't stick with extreme diets what the $2 diet is and how it works how to lose weight in 2020 differently than you have in the past and more! Get your Stop Dieting, Start Losing Coaching Cast here: https://www.halfsizeme.com/?&SingleProduct=7 Use coupon code 15OFFDEC19 at checkout to get 15% off! Do you want to start working on a way to approach weight loss where you create the program that works best for YOU? Then go here to learn more: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

How To Lose Weight Without Counting Calories
Dec 16 2019 56 mins  
In episode 410 of The Half Size Me Show, Heather answers listeners questions and then has a coaching call with Jennifer about how to lose weight without counting calories and * why she thought had everything down with her habits and weight, but then regained * where she can find the time to do meal planning * what she will add into her weekly routine when she wants to get treats * what trick will help add more veggies to her dinner * what tips she can use to overcome her struggle with binge eating * and more! Get your Stop Dieting, Start Losing Coaching Cast here: https://www.halfsizeme.com/?&SingleProduct=7 Use coupon code 15OFFDEC19 at checkout to get 15% off! Do you want to start working on a way to approach weight loss where you create the program that works best for YOU? Then go here to learn more: https://halfsizeme.com/join Use coupon code 15OFFDEC19 at checkout to get 15% off! About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

Why “Healthy” Snacks Can Derail Your Goals
Dec 09 2019 42 mins  
In episode 409 of The Half Size Me Show, Heather answers listeners' questions about weight loss and she talks with her guest, Kelly, about * why eating "healthy" snacks are derailing her goals * how delaying gratification will help her * what is causing her to gain back the weight she lost * how single servings of Cheez-Its will help her lose weight * how to pre-track the food she really wants to eat * and more! Get your Escape the Food Prison Coaching Cast here: https://halfsizeme.com/etfp And get 25% off at checkout when you use promo code: ETFPDEC19 Use coupon code ETFPDEC2019 at checkout for 25% off! About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

The Half Size Me Manifesto and Normalizing Treats
Dec 02 2019 35 mins  
In episode 408 of The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her Half Size Me Manifesto and explains what Half Size Me is and what it is not. She also talks with guest Valerie about * how to develop skills to overcome binge eating * why we all need to normalize "treats" * * and more!       Get your Escape The Food Prison Coaching Cast here: https://www.halfsizeme.com/?&SingleProduct=6 And use coupon code ETFP1119 at checkout for 30% off! Get on the Half Size Me Program + Community Support Waiting List here: https://halfsizeme.com/join Get on the list for a BIG DISCOUNT when we open in December! Use coupon code ETFP1119 at checkout for 30% off! About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

How To Deal With Emotional Eating During The Holidays
Nov 25 2019 52 mins  
In episode 407 of The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares a webinar she did about emotional eating during the holidays and how you can overcome it. She also talked about * how to have the treats you want during the holidays * why feeling guilty about what you eat isn't serving you * how you can strategize to overcome emotional eating * and more! JOIN The Half Size Me Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership. And get notified when we open again for new members! About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

Why Self-Love Can Help With Your Health And Weight Loss
Nov 18 2019 53 mins  
Learn why self-love can help with your health and weight loss in episode 406 of The Half Size Me Show as Heather answers listener questions and then talks with special guest Cecilia about * how self-love has helped her get healthier and work on weight loss * how she plans on losing weight for her upcoming wedding * what eating disorder she's struggled with in the past * what technique she can use to stay on top of her meal planning and grocery shopping * why she feels she can make these changes and stick with them to help with weight loss * and more! Learn more about the benefits of the HSM Program and Support Community membership here: https://halfsizeme.com/join Get your Stop Dieting and Start Losing Coaching Cast here: https://www.halfsizeme.com/?&SingleProduct=7# Use promo code SDSL20 to get 20% off at checkout! Use promo code SDSL20 to get 20% off at checkout! About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

How Weight Loss Honesty Helped Kira Lose 115 Pounds
Nov 11 2019 51 mins  
In episode 405 of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks with Kira about how weight loss honesty helped her lose 115 pounds and * how she dealt with family members making comments about her weight * what to do when losing weight while taking care of an ill family member * why she had to learn that weight loss honesty was key to making progress * how she learned to catch herself as she slowly gained weight * and more!   Want to learn what the HSM Program is all about? Go here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast about changing your mindset around weight loss. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or have struggled with weight loss for years, this show is for you! Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds and has maintained her weight loss range since 2012. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. She shares her own weight loss lessons and struggles with you and shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

Half Size Me: What You Can Do To Find Your Maintenance Calories
Nov 04 2019 48 mins  
In episode 404 of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks with Nora about * how she became 10 pounds heavier in the last 2 years why she can eat more now than when she first had bariatric surgery how she found her maintenance calories * what she can do to reduce her calories to bring her weight back down * and more! JOIN The Half Size Me Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership. And get notified when we open again for new members! Get your teaching toolkit of Fight The Weight Gain! About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.


Half Size Me: What Is Heather's Secret Struggle? PLUS How To Avoid Getting Tricked By The Treats
Oct 28 2019 51 mins  
In episode 403 of The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her personal weight loss update (including what she's been struggling with), plus you'll get to listen to a replay of a live webinar she recorded about how to avoid getting tricked by treats this Halloween. You'll also learn about how to * delay gratification and why it can pay off in a big way * strategically have treats every day without losing control * gain control over your trigger foods so they no longer overwhelm you * transform your holiday season so it works for you, not against you * and much, much more! Get the ESCAPE THE FOOD PRISON Coaching Cast here: https://halfsizeme.com/escape If you purchase it before midnight on Halloween and use PROMO CODE: ETFP30 at checkout, you'll get 30% off! JOIN The Half Size Me Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership. And get notified when we open again for new members! About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

Half Size Me: Why New Teachers Struggle With Their Weight
Oct 21 2019 55 mins  
In episode 402 of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks with Katie about why new teachers struggle with gaining weight and * what teachers receive that leads to weight gain * what her tips for first-year teachers are to help keep the focus on health * how teachers can put in boundaries around their time * why she gained 10 pounds of weight per year * how international teaching looks different than teaching in the USA * what changes led to her losing 35 pounds in a year * why joining Half Size Me Program has helped her learn to maintain * what she finds to be the hardest part of maintenance * and more! JOIN The Half Size Me Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership. And get notified when we open again for new members! About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

Half Size Me: Making A Better Plan When You’re Struggling With Weight Loss
Oct 14 2019 52 mins  
In episode 401 of The Half Size Me Show, Heather works with Nancy on how to make a better plan when struggling with weight loss and * why she has joined WW over 5 times lost the weight and gained it back * why she is struggling with the weekends and over eating * how she gained 20 pounds over the last year * how to lose the weight and keep it off * what plan she needs to follow to maintain * why she now has a better plan for weekend * how to budget her calories on the weekend * and more!   Need help with mastering your calories? Then checkout the Master Your Calories Teaching Toolkit here: https://halfsizeme.com/calories Want to know how to fight the weight (re)gain? Then checkout the Fight The Weight Gain Teaching Toolkit here: https://halfsizeme.com/fight JOIN The Half Size Me Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership. And get notified when we open again for new members! About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

Half Size Me: How To Stay Active As You Get Older (and It’s EPISODE 400!)
Oct 07 2019 59 mins  
In EPISODE 400 of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Beverly about * how going to a TOPS meeting in 6th grade affected her * why she ate for entertainment after getting married * how she helped herself with weight lifting, a supportive environment, and finding things she liked to eat and enjoy * how she lost 60 pounds in her 50s and 60s * how to stay more active as she's gotten older * and more! JOIN The Half Size Me Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership. And get notified when we open again for new members! About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

Half Size Me: Why You Need To Focus On Maintaining
Sep 30 2019 47 mins  
In episode 399 of The Half Size Me Show, Heather answers listener questions. And Heather also talks with her guest Sandra about * how she lost 30 pounds * how she’s dealt with binge eating issues * why she needs to focus on maintaining * how she’s learning to enjoy the foods she‘s missed for the last 1 - 2 years * and more! JOIN The Half Size Me Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership. And get notified when we open again for new members! About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

Half Size Me: Healthy Parents Equal Healthy Families
Sep 23 2019 74 mins  
In episode 398 of The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her Parent Education Night - Healthy Parents = Healthy Families webinar with you. She covered a lot in this webinar, including * how to break out of parent guilt and start taking action * what the American Academy of Pediatrics recommends for children regarding weight issues * how you can start to move yourself and your family towards healthier living * what is a "normal" range of weight gain for a child going through puberty   * and more! To get your free Healthy Parents = Healthy Families download go to https://halfsizeme.com/family Resources Parent-Shaming Is Changing The Way We Raise Children The Difference Between Shame and Guilt: A Guide for Parents’ Expectations Johns Hopkins: Your Child's Weight South Riding Pediatrics: Q&A with Our Doctors Physical Changes During Puberty Kids Health: Eating Disorders Kids Health: Overweight and Obesity AAP: Preventing Obesity and Eating Disorders in Adolescents About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

Half Size Me: Why Changing Your Relationships Can Help You Reach Your Goals
Sep 16 2019 60 mins  
In episode 397 of The Half Size Me Show, Heather answers listener questions. Plus, she talks to her guest Shannon about * why ending a co-dependent relationship was essential to her success and * why she decided she needed to take action for herself and her daughter and * how focusing on weekly weight loss helped her stay on track and * how one year of maintenance has helped build up her confidence * and more! JOIN The Half Size Me Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership. And get notified when we open again for new members! About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

Half Size Me: How To Find A Maintainable Weight By Focusing On Maintenance
Sep 09 2019 53 mins  
In episode 396 of The Half Size Me Show it's an Ask Coach Heather Session and Heather answers listener questions talks to Marian about * why she wants to lose weight this time with a better plan * why she is concerned about not getting the praise of others * how she can find a maintainable weight by focusing on maintenance * and more! Get your copy of Escape The Food Prison Coaching Cast: https://www.halfsizeme.com/?&SingleProduct=6 Use promo code COACHCAST10 to get 10% off at checkout! JOIN The Half Size Me Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members. Get your copy of Escape The Food Prison Coaching Cast. Use promo code COACHCAST10 to get 10% off at checkout! About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.


Half Size Me: Why It’s So Important To Take Care Of Yourself
Sep 02 2019 50 mins  
In episode 395 of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Christine about * how to take care of yourself when you have a special needs child * how the loss of a parent who was overweigth affected her * how she has battled her issues with food * why it's critical to take care of yourself * and more! JOIN The Half Size Me Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members. About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

Half Size Me: 10 Reasons Why You Are Unable to Hit Your Calorie Deficit
Aug 26 2019 63 mins  
In episode 394 of The Half Size Me Show (Ask Coach Heather Session 49), Heather shares a webinar she did with you where she talks about * how to figure out your maintenance calories * what are the 10 things that prevent you from hitting your calorie deficit * why you need to plan out your weekend eating * how to stop problematic eating (binge eating, night time eating, etc.) * how to navigate eating during special events and holidays * and more! Get your FREE downloadable PDF at https://halfsizeme.com/fblcalories JOIN The Half Size Me Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members. About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

Half Size Me: Bonus – Heather Weighs In On The WW Kurbo App For Kids
Aug 23 2019 18 mins  
In this bonus episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her thoughts and feelings about the WW Kurbo app for kids. About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

Half Size Me: How To Overcome Obstacles And Find Yourself Again
Aug 19 2019 46 mins  
In episode 393 of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Lisa about * how compliments about being skinny impacted her self worth when she was young * what she had to do to overcome an eating disorder * how her eating disorder recovery gave her her life back * how she finally got control over her binge eating * and more! JOIN The Half Size Me Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members. About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

Half Size Me: How To Stop Night Time Overeating
Aug 12 2019 36 mins  
In episode 392 of The Half Size Me Show (Ask Coach Heather Session 48), Heather talks to Deborah about * how to stop nighttime overeating * why she struggles with losing weight * how she is going to plan in a 250 calorie snack what she's going to do to add variation to her food choices * and more! Get your Escape The Food Prison Coaching Cast here: https://www.halfsizeme.com/?&SingleProduct=6 JOIN The Half Size Me Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members.   Click the image to learn more! About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

Half Size Me: How To Care For Yourself While Recovering From An Injury
Aug 05 2019 46 mins  
In episode 391 of The Half Size Me Show , Heather talks to Emily about * why getting to her lowest weight did not make her feel good * how she got control over her binge eating by changing what she ate * how to care for yourself while recovering from an injury * why she stopped running and started strength training * and more! JOIN The Half Size Me Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members. About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

Half Size Me: Transform Your Travel and How It Affects Your Weight
Jul 29 2019 57 mins  
In episode 390 of The Half Size Me Show (Ask Coach Heather Session 47), Heather talks to you about how to transform your travel and * how it affects your weight * what is the proper way to approach "dieting" while traveling * what are helpful tips she uses to not gain weight while traveling * and more! Get the Transform Your Travel Teaching Toolkit at https://halfsizeme.com/transform Get your FREE Travel-Friendly Foods guide to download at https://halfsizeme.com/travelfood JOIN The Half Size Me Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members. About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

Half Size Me: Struggling To Find Balance With Treats, Wine, and Maintaining Your Weight
Jul 22 2019 38 mins  
In episode 389 of The Half Size Me Show (Ask Coach Heather Session 46), Heather answers listener questions, gives an update on previous caller Teneile (episode 374), and talks to Meredith about * why she has weight cycled between 140-165 and has since college * why she is struggling to find balance with treats, wine, and maintaining weight * why baking for others leads to eating more baked goods * why she's deciding to bump her WW goal weight up * and more! JOIN The Half Size Me Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members. About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.


Half Size Me: How To Feel Grateful For Your Body
Jul 15 2019 40 mins  
In episode 388 of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Michelle about * why she realized she still needed to improve her habits after getting gastric bypass surgery * what habits she wished she had incorporated before surgery * how she learned to see how others viewed her body as opinions, not facts * how she learned to feel gratitude for her body and appreciate its imperfections * and more! JOIN The Half Size Me Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members. About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

Half Size Me: How To Deal With Scarcity Around Food
Jul 08 2019 44 mins  
In episode 387 of The Half Size Me Show (Ask Coach Heather Session 45), Heather talks to Adriana about * what it's like living in maintenance for the past year * what she does when she feels like she'll lose control and gain the weight back * what she's doing to navigate changes in her life * how to deal with scarcity around food * and more! JOIN The Half Size Me Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members. About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

Half Size Me: How Engaging With Community Helps With Getting And Staying Healthy
Jul 01 2019 54 mins  
clone tag: 7249882021016997249 In episode 386 of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Lauren about * how she lost weight naturally while living in South Korea but gained it back * how she uses the awesome point system as a way to reward her habits * why she applied to be a moderator in the Half Size Me Community * why engaging in the HSM Community helps with her own weight loss and mental health * and more! JOIN The Half Size Me Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members. About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

Half Size Me: How To Fight The Weight Gain
Jun 24 2019 62 mins  
In episode 385 of The Half Size Me Show (Ask Coach Heather Session 44), Heather talks to you about how to fight the weight gain and * what leads to weight regain * why you should expect relapses in your habits * what to do after a relapse * how to go about things differently this time * and more! JOIN The Half Size Me Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members. About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

Half Size Me: Why Losing Weight Slowly Is Faster Than Losing Weight Quickly
Jun 17 2019 47 mins  
In episode 384 of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to DeDe about * how she stopped the yo-yo diet cycle after 5 decades * why the process of slow weight loss was "faster" than losing weight quickly * how you can lose weight after going through menopause * what she realized she had to do to maintain her weight * and more! JOIN The Half Size Me Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members. About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

Half Size Me: How To Break Free From All Or Nothing Thinking
Jun 10 2019 48 mins  
In episode 383 of The Half Size Me Show (Ask Coach Heather Session 43), Heather answers listener questions and talks to Amie about * why meal planning 3 hours a day is not working for her * how simple meal plans can lead to more accuracy and willingnesses to track food * how to break free from "all or nothing" thinking * and more! Check out Refuse To Quit Again Coaching Cast! Resources Mentioned In This Episode Click the image above to learn more! Click the image above to learn more! About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

Half Size Me: Taking A Slower Approach To Weight Loss As A Path To Success
Jun 03 2019 51 mins  
In episode 382 of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Dilma about * how, as a scientist, she wades through all the diet information * why living in Brazil when she was young made her feel more pressure to lose weight * what her 10-year-plan is to lose the last 20 pounds * how she learned to take a slow weight loss approach and not allowing drama in her life * and more! JOIN The Half Size Me Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members. About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

Half Size Me: How To End Emotional Eating
May 27 2019 45 mins  
In episode 381 (Ask Coach Heather 42) of The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her End Emotional Eating webinar with you as she talks about - why emotional eating can be a sign of avoiding pain or used as a way of creating a feeling of joy, - why emotional eating is really about self-judgment, - why the stories we tell ourselves matter, - and why we must be an advocate for our own needs. Go to: https://halfsizeme.com/hsm381 for the show notes of this episode. More Resources Shared In This Episode: ********** CLICK HERE: To Join The Half Size Me Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members. About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.


Half Size Me: How To Stop Self-Sabotaging With Weight Lifting And Losing Weight
May 20 2019 47 mins  
In episode 380 of The Half Size Me Show (Ask Coach Heather Session 41), Heather answers listener questions and talks with Joanie about * how to become stronger and lift weights when you're in your 50s * what are the two most important factors with strength training * how to stop self-sabotaging when it comes to weight lifting and losing weight * and more! Resource mentioned https://www.strong.app https://www.niashanks.com/two-day-strength-program/ About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

Half Size Me: The Importance of Setting Boundaries and Time Management
May 13 2019 52 mins  
In episode 379 of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Jan about how she went from an overweight former athlete to a physical education teacher what helped her realize the importance of boundaries and time management what it took to stop trying to do it like everyone else and to start looking inward how she gained control over her food despite feeling rebellious about it since she was a kid and more! JOIN The Half Size Me Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members. About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

Half Size Me: Getting Control Over Nighttime and Compulsive Eating
May 06 2019 45 mins  
In episode 378 of The Half Size Me Show (Ask Coach Heather Session 40), Heather answers listener questions and talks with Rickie about * why she's struggling with compulsive eating and nighttime eating * how to get control over her nighttime eating when she's feeling anxious * why unstructured time can cause you to make poor food choices * and more! Get your coaching cast now! (Click the image below.) About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

Half Size Me: How To Change Your Mind and Habits
Apr 29 2019 47 mins  
In episode 377 of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Connie about * how she gained weight as a newlywed * how her mind and habits have evolved * how to revamp her favorite foods to enjoy them more often * and more! JOIN The Half Size Me Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members. About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

Half Size Me: Stop Dieting, Start Losing
Apr 22 2019 38 mins  
In episode 376 of The Half Size Me Show (Ask Coach Heather Session 39), Heather shares with you her webinar, Stop Dieting, Start Losing, where she discusses * why so many diet attempts fail * what the yo-yo diet cycle is and how to avoid falling into it * how to be honest with yourself about "fast" and "easy" weight loss programs * and more! About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

Half Size Me: How To Turn Your Behavior Around And Become a Maintainer
Apr 15 2019 39 mins  
In episode 375 of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Inger about * how learned she is emotionally stronger than she thought * why she lost control and found herself binge eating * how she is turning her behavior around and maintaining * and more! JOIN The Half Size Me Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members. About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

Half Size Me: Losing Weight With Maintenance In Mind
Apr 08 2019 47 mins  
In episode 374 of The Half Size Me Show (Ask Coach Heather Session 38), Heather answers several listener questions and talks with Teneile about * self-sabotaging with treats * planning in treats on purpose * losing weight with maintenance in mind * and more! About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

Half Size Me: Letting Go Of Control To Improve Your Mindset and Health
Apr 01 2019 49 mins  
In episode 373 of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Aline about * why she had to let go of control to improve her mindset and health * how she deals with the daily fight between the two voices in her head battling over the last 10 pounds * how she learned that food is not the issue but rather the vehicle for the real problem she is facing * and more! JOIN The Half Size Me Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members. About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.


Half Size Me: How To Escape The Food Prison
Mar 25 2019 42 mins  
In episode 372 of the Half Size Me Show (Ask Coach Heather Session 37), Heather shares with you her webinar on how to Escape the Food Prison. You'll learn * what the different types of food prisons you might be stuck in are * what different techniques you can use right now to break free from those food prisons * how to begin having treats in a responsible way * how to establish your food foundation to support a healthy lifestyle * and more About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

Half Size Me: How To Restart Again After Years Of Yo-Yo Dieting
Mar 18 2019 48 mins  
In episode 371 of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Carrie about * why maintenance was not in her vocabulary * how to restart again after years of yo-yo dieting * how cheese and dessert helped her find her maintainable weight * and more! JOIN The Half Size Me Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members. About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

Half Size Me: Struggling With All Or Nothing Thinking Around Losing Weight
Mar 11 2019 50 mins  
In episode 370 of The Half Size Me Show, it's an Ask Coach Heather Session and Heather answers listener questions. She also talks to guest Kendra about * struggling with all or nothing thinking around socializing and losing weight * creating a plan so she can move forward with her goals and still have fun * handling how to eat at work events so she can be successful * and more! About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

Half Size Me: Stop Looking for Quick Weight Loss and Fast Results
Mar 04 2019 40 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Mary about * why age is not a factor because losing weight it is more about consistency * why those in the caring professions, like nurses, need to focus on their own health and care to be able to help others * how she learned to finally settle down and not look for quick weight loss and fast results * and more! JOIN The Half Size Me Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members. About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

Half Size Me Bonus: Coaching Casts and Refuse To Quit Again Webinar
Feb 28 2019 55 mins  
In this BONUS EPISODE of the Half Size Me Show Ask, Heather shares with you * big news about her brand-new coaching cast series * a replay of her information-packed Refuse To Quit Again webinar * a listener-only discount * and more! The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

368 – Half Size Me: Ask Coach Heather 035 – How To Streamline Your Approach To Achieve Your Goals
Feb 25 2019 48 mins  
In this Half Size Me Show Ask Coach Heather Session, Heather answers listener questions and talks with Nacie about * how to overcome a plateau when you're almost to your goal weight * what things she can focus on to help her get the scale to move * how to streamline her approach to achieve her goals * and more! The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

367 – Half Size Me: How to Make Changes That Help You and Your Family
Feb 18 2019 47 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Half Size Me Community member Thom about * why he is focusing on maintenance during his weight loss journey * how he implements sustainable change into his plan * how these changes are improving not only his life but his wife's as well * and more! JOIN The Half Size Me Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members. About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

366 – Half Size Me: Ask Coach Heather 034 – How To Accept Compliments Without Self-sabotaging
Feb 11 2019 52 mins  
In this Half Size Me Show Ask Coach Heather Session, Heather answers listener questions and talks with Lorraine about how to * plan and track food you don’t cook for yourself* work on getting your partner on your weight loss team* find maintenance calories on Weight Watchers* accept compliments without self-sabotaging* and more! The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.


365 – Half Size Me: Why Happiness Needs To Be Your Guide When Finding A Maintainable Weight
Feb 04 2019 56 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Don about why * losing weight won't make you happy but instead can open up opportunities for you to explore happiness* letting go of control and learning to adapt are lessons he has learned during weight maintenance* gaining back some weight while having major life change is normal * happiness needs to be your guide when finding a maintainable weight * and more! JOIN The Half Size Me Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members. About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

364 – Half Size Me: Meal Planning Made Simple – How You Can Still Eat The Food You Love And Lose Weight!
Jan 28 2019 44 mins  
In this Half Size Me Show, Heather shares a recent webinar where she presented on the topic of meal planning made simple. She covered many of the aspects of meal planning people struggle with (and how to solve them), including showing you * what type of meal planner you are* why we struggle with meal planning consistently * how eating frozen pizza and take out food led to a 30-pound weight loss * how you can still eat the food you love and lose weight* and more! CLICK HERE to get the Meal Planning Made Simple Audio Course! The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

363 – Half Size Me: How To Prioritize Time For Yourself (Ask Coach Heather Session 33)
Jan 21 2019 40 mins  
In this Half Size Me Show Ask Coach Heather Session, Heather talks with Charlene about * what to do regarding weight regain during a divorce * how to deal with the struggle of not having clothes that fit* how to prioritize time for herself while advocating for her children with special needs* how to overcome emotional night eating You will also get to hear about * a listener's email regarding how Heather determines her weight maintenance calculations* Heather's 7-year anniversary of losing her weight* and more! JOIN The Half Size Me Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members. Resources to check out regarding mean, range and rounding weight fluctuation: https://www.healthline.com/health/weight-fluctuation https://betterexplained.com/articles/how-to-analyze-data-using-the-average/ https://www.thoughtco.com/what-is-the-range-in-statistics-3126248 https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Roundinghttps://www.mathsisfun.com/rounding-numbers.html https://www.statisticshowto.datasciencecentral.com/significant-digits-rounding-statistics/ About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guest...

362 – Half Size Me: Silencing Your Inner Critic With Robin
Jan 14 2019 57 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Robin about * why she reached out to Heather for help two-and-a-half years ago* why investing in 20 years of weight loss led to her gaining 90 pounds* how she has learned to silence her inner critic to* and more! JOIN The Half Size Me Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members. About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

361 – Half Size Me: How to Lose The Weight You’ve Regained (Ask Coach Heather Session 032)
Jan 07 2019 41 mins  
In this Half Size Me Show, Heather works with Leslie, working with her on * what to do when you've maintained weight loss for a year and then gain it back* how to lose the weight you've regained* how perimenopause impacts long-term weight maintenance* how to go from tracking weight watchers points to counting calories* and more! JOIN The Half Size Me Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members. About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

360 – Half Size Me: Learning To Let Get Go With Radhika
Dec 31 2018 62 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Radhika about * why trying to be smaller her whole life has kept her unhappy * how she realized her goal weight was not her final destination * how she stopped acting like a robot and learned to let go of what she thought she should be * and more! JOIN The Half Size Me Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members. About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

359 – Half Size Me: Setting Food Boundaries With Megan
Dec 23 2018 53 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Megan about * why she's never had a problem with binge eating and secret eating* what she's done to set food boundaries while traveling and how it's helped her* how she lost weight while traveling for work 50% to 80% of the time* and more! JOIN The Half Size Me Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members. About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

358 – Half Size Me: Ask Coach Heather Session 31
Dec 17 2018 43 mins  
In this Ask Coach Heather session, Heather talks to you about * what triggers to watch for so you don't start the diet cycle* what are the phases of the diet cycle* how to be prepared for the diet season (so you don't fall victim again)* and more! To join The Half Size Me Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go to: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.


357 – Half Size Me: Changing Your Mindset Around Weight Loss With Jaime
Dec 10 2018 38 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Jaime about * what she would recommend to her younger self about meditation and therapy* why she realizes the importance of changing mindset around weight loss * how she handles emotional eating triggers differently now* and more!* JOIN The Half Size Me Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members. About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

356 – Half Size Me: Overcoming People Pleasing With Michelle
Dec 03 2018 42 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Michelle about * how she worked on overcoming people pleasing* what she realized was a trigger to binge eat * how her weight management journey began and what she is doing to maintain her weight To join The Half Size Me Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

355 – Half Size Me: How To Let Go Of The “Shoulds” In Your Life With Chrissy
Nov 26 2018 47 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Chrissy about * how to let go of the "shoulds" in your life* how to stop comparing your body to others* why balance in your life is key to finding a weight you can sustain* and more! To join The Half Size Me Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

354 – Half Size Me: Why There’s No “Getting It Right” Just “Keep Going” With Ilene
Nov 19 2018 59 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Ilene about * why letting go of perfection while on this journey is beneficial* what she’s discovered is helpful when battling binge eating* why there's no "getting it right" just "keep going"* and more! To join The Half Size Me Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

353 – Half Size Me: Pushing Past A 6-Month Plateau With Rebecca
Nov 12 2018 52 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Rebecca about * how she pushed past a 6-month plateau* how she changed her mindset to allow herself to stay consistent* why she has to be careful of the stories she tells herself* why she views the HSM community as counterculture because of its message regarding weight loss, maintenance and self-love To join The Half Size Me Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

352 – Half Size Me: Living An Active And Fulfilling Life With Jane
Nov 05 2018 45 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Jane about * how she lost 115 pounds and reduced her medicine and A1C levels* what she finally needed to do live an active and fulfilling life* why she had to have healthy habits to succeed after having  weight loss surgery* and more! To join The Half Size Me Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

351 – Half Size Me: Ask Coach Heather 030
Oct 29 2018 41 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Ask Coach Heather Edition, Heather answers listener questions to you about * how to make peace with eating 1200 calories a day because you have a lower than average TDEE * what to do during your menstrual cycle to avoid self-sabotage * how to not be fearful of the question "are you willing to do this for the rest of your life?" * how do you know if you're hiring the right coach * and more! To join The Half Size Me Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

350 – Half Size Me: Interview with Dr. Yoni Freedhoff, Author of The Diet Fix
Oct 22 2018 56 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Dr. Freedhoff about * how you need to address the topic of weight with your doctors* what behaviors lead to long-term weight management* how we can help kids with weight-related issues To find out more about Dr. Freedhoff, click here. To join The Half Size Me Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.


349 – Half Size Me: Finding Your Motivation To Eat Well and Exercise With Dorothy
Oct 15 2018 62 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Dorothy about * what she had to let go of to find a healthy-eating balance she could live with * why we struggle with how others view our bodies, not from an inward, but an outward gaze * why she had to focus on her health to motivate her to eat well and exercise * and more! To join The Half Size Me Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

348 – Half Size Me: How To Feel Satisfied And Still Make Progress
Oct 08 2018 46 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Chris about * why she warns us to avoid extreme diets based on what she's witnessed over the years * why she views losing weight in your 60s as a bonus * how you can enjoy the process, feel satisfied, and still want to make progress * and much more! To join The Half Size Me Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

347 – Half Size Me: Focus On Sustainable Habit Changes With Kelly
Oct 01 2018 48 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Kelly about * why she chose to focus on sustainable habit changes instead of rushing her weight loss * why using extrinsic motivators like gifts, money, and prizes can create problems with weight loss * how she got off blood pressure medication and got to a normal A1 C level * and much more! To join The Half Size Me Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

346 – Half Size Me: Giving Yourself Permission To Be Happy
Sep 24 2018 45 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Alissa about * how she had to double her protein and start lifting weights to get to her goal weight and see her body change * how she had to give herself permission to be happy with her weight and not continue to pursue more weight loss * how her mindset has changed about the process of losing weight and keeping it off by being kinder to herself * and much more! To join The Half Size Me Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

345 – Half Size Me: Ask Coach Heather 029 – How To Start Liking Your Body As It Is Today
Sep 17 2018 32 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Ask Coach Heather Edition, Heather talks to you about * how to let go of binary choices and start liking your body as it is today, not only when you hit a certain weight goal * why learning to appreciate your body needs to start from a place of neutrality * why you don’t have to abandon our health goals to love your body why you do not have to be filled with self-loathing to be motivated to exercise and eat less * how we can begin to learn how to have a better relationship with our body and still bring positive changes into our lives * and more! To join The Half Size Me Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

344 – Half Size Me: Is Building Muscle Possible As We Age?
Sep 10 2018 57 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Susan about * how to kick Mother Nature in the butt if you want to be healthy and strong in the second half of your life * how to view fat and weight loss differently after years of focusing on the scale * why building muscle is possible as we age * and much more! Go here to learn more about Susan. To join The Half Size Me Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

343 – Half Size Me: Finding A Weight That Allows You To Live A More Satisfied Life
Sep 03 2018 53 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Auntie Peg about * how she learned losing weight would not bring her happiness in other areas of her life * how she found a weight that allowed her to live a more satisfied life * what she realized was the missing piece of her weight loss puzzle * and much more! To join The Half Size Me Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

342 – Half Size Me: How Eating Healthier Helps With Depression
Aug 27 2018 52 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Lindsey about * how eating healthier helps with depression * what her first key to weight loss was * what were the steps she used to gain control over binge eating * and much more! To join The Half Size Me Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.


341 – Half Size Me: Take A Time Out From Losing Weight With Jamie
Aug 20 2018 53 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Jamie about * what caused her to gain back the weight after losing it * why she has chosen to take a time out from losing weight to focus on the mental side of weight loss * what two foods she will not give up to reach her goal * and much more! To join The Half Size Me Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

340 – Half Size Me: Ask Coach Heather 028 – 6 Tips For Dealing With Weight Regain After Weight Loss
Aug 13 2018 34 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Ask Coach Heather Edition, Heather talks about her 6 tips on what to do if you've regained weight you've already lost. To join The Half Size Me Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join Resources About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

339 – Half Size Me: How To Make Peace With the Process With Kristen
Aug 06 2018 57 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Kristen about * why she had to gain weight to learn how to lose and keep it off * how she learned to accept she'll always have to work at maintaining her weight * how she's made peace with the process * and much more! To join The Half Size Me Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

338 – Half Size Me: How Theresa Changed Her Mindset To Lose 110 Pounds
Jul 30 2018 45 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Theresa about * why she did not focus on weight loss for the first several weeks of her journey and instead focused on her healthy habits * how she changed her mindset around her weight loss to lose 110 pounds * why she joined the Half Size Me Community to help her navigate her weight maintenance journey * and much more! To join The Half Size Me Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

337 – Half Size Me: Traveling and Maintaining Your Weight With Katie
Jul 23 2018 40 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Katie about * what she wished she'd known about the side effects of using HCG after losing the weight * how she lost 43 pounds using a more loving approach and not assigning a deadline * how she travels and maintains her weight * and much more! To join The Half Size Me Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

336 – Half Size Me: Creating Healthy Guidelines With Food Instead of Harsh Rules With Eileen
Jul 16 2018 48 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Eileen about * why she had to set relationship boundaries before she could focus on her weight loss journey * how she created healthy guidelines with food instead of harsh rules * how she went from high blood pressure and hypertensive crisis to a healthy blood pressure after losing 80 pounds * and much more! To join The Half Size Me Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.


334 – Half Size Me: How To Stop Gaming The Diet System With Racheal
Jul 02 2018 53 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Rachael about * how she learned to stop gaming the diet system and focus on permanent habit change * how she learned she is capable of doing things she once thought were impossible * why she chose to remove a lot of negativity and noise from her Facebook feed * and much more! To join The Half Size Me Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.


333 – Half Size Me: Why We Need Love And Respect For Our Body Before Trying To Change It With Amber
Jun 25 2018 50 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Amber about * why having 6 pack abs is not a good goal and won't make you happy * why we need love and respect for our body before trying to change it * how her mother gave her an amazing gift of focusing on health and not weight from a very young age * and much more! To learn more about Amber, click here. To join The Half Size Me Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

332 – Half Size Me: How To Accept Your Journey Will Take As Long As It Needs To
Jun 18 2018 55 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Heather about * how she got control over her anxiety and depression (and made progress with her weight) * how she learned to track data to make peace with the scale * what it took to help her accept this journey will take as long as it needs to * and much more! To join The Half Size Me Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

331 – Half Size Me: How Rene Stopped Worrying About Being Skinny And Instead Focused On Being Strong
Jun 11 2018 50 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Rene about * what she did during a 4-to-5 month plateau to keep herself moving forward * how she learned to stop worrying about being skinny and instead focused on being strong * how she learned to jump in and take action when things change instead of worrying * and much more! To learn more about Rene, click here. To join The Half Size Me Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

330 – Half Size Me: How To Battle Your Mindset To Maintain Your Weight Loss With Maggie
Jun 04 2018 65 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Maggie about * what it took for her to realize she is and always was an awesome person * how she battled her mindset to maintain her weight loss * what she learned about working past resentment in the coaching process * and much more! To join The Half Size Me Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

329 – Half Size Me: Become Empowered To Care For Yourself With Celeste
May 28 2018 45 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Celeste about * what she had to change to maintain her weight loss over the last 4 years * how she helps others become empowered to care for themselves * what she discovered was the key to being happier in her journey * and much more! To join The Half Size Me Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

328 – Half Size Me: How To Make Changes To Your Health From A Place of Self Love
May 21 2018 43 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Amanda about * how she started her weight loss journey from a place of self-love * how she began to see her extra skin as a trophy for all the work she put in losing the weight * how to make changes for your health from a place of self-love * and much more! To learn more about Amanda, click here. To join The Half Size Me Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

327 – Half Size Me: Ask Coach Heather 026 – Answering Listener Questions!
May 14 2018 46 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Ask Coach Heather Edition, Heather answers listener emails and voicemails about * what to do when your spouse or partner won't stop bringing junk food into your home * how to be effective at meal planning * how to dial in your eating to lose the last 10-15 pounds * and much more! To join The Half Size Me Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

326 – Half Size Me: How Renee Lost 50 Pounds After Her Third Child Was Born!
May 07 2018 45 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Renee about * why she stayed in the Half Size Me Community when she was pregnant * what she realized she needs to do for the rest of her life * how she had to set boundaries around exercise and talking about her body * how she lost 50 pounds after her third son was born * and much more! To join The Half Size Me Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.


325 – Half Size Me: How Self-Care Differs From Self-Improvement With Krista Scott Dixon
Apr 30 2018 48 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Krista Scott Dixon of Precision Nutrition about * how to begin the process of self-care * how self-care differs from self-improvement * how to know if you should go to the lowest weight you think you want * and much more! To learn more about Krista, click here. To join The Half Size Me Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

324 – Half Size Me: Why Accountability And Support Is Key To Long-Term Weight Loss With James Krieger
Apr 23 2018 46 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to James Krieger of Weightology about * what are the top three things that will help your body fight the tendency to gain weight back * why accountability and support is key to long-term weight loss success * why slowing down when eating will help with satiation and weight loss * and much more! To learn more about James, click here. To join The Half Size Me Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

323 – Half Size Me: Facing Your Weight Loss Journey Without Resentment With Elsie
Apr 16 2018 51 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Elsie about * what she had to finally be honest with herself about to lose the weight * why she had to be willing to learn from tracking her food and weight * what the things were she was willing to do without resentment to lose over 25 pounds and drop 2-3% body fat * how coaching with Heather helped her face her weight loss journey without resentment * and much more! To join The Half Size Me Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

322 – Half Size Me: How To Give Yourself Permission To Eat Fun Foods Responsibly And Other Tips
Apr 09 2018 33 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Ask Coach Heather edition, Heather shares with you her coaching tips about * how to evaluate your eating on a scale of 1-to-10 versus judging it as either "good" or "bad" * what the biggest reasons are for why you aren't hitting your calorie target * how to give yourself permission to eat fun foods responsibly * and more! To join The Half Size Me Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified-health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

321 – Half Size Me: Sustainable Weight Loss Is The Answer With Julie Tussey
Apr 02 2018 54 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Julie about * why she had to learn about perimenopause and menopause and ways to deal with the symptoms * how she changed her mindset around weight loss so she could lose weight in a sustainable way * what changes she made to her eating and exercise while going thru menopause * and much more! To learn more about Julie, click here. To join The Half Size Me Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

320 – Half Size Me: How To Balance Your Life By Focusing On Your Health With Charlotte
Mar 26 2018 44 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Charlotte about * how she learned to balance her life by focusing on her health and other interests * why letting go of the fear of being in a relationship helped her lose weight * how she focuses on one area of improvement for the whole year to have personal growth * and much more! To join The Half Size Me Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

319 – Half Size Me: Changing Your Body and Your Life With Terri
Mar 19 2018 43 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Terri about * what she had to be confronted with to finally take action * how she radically changed her A1C and blood sugar levels in 90 days * what caused her to take "extreme" care of herself * and much more! To join The Half Size Me Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

318 – Half Size Me: Why Grace And Compassion Can Help With Weight Loss
Mar 12 2018 49 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Rebecca about * why learning about herself freed her from perfectionist thinking * why she had to approach weight loss from a less frantic place * why grace and compassion helped her with weight loss * and much more! To join The Half Size Me Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.


317 – Half Size Me: Ask Coach Heather Session 024 – How To Know When To Take A Maintenance Break
Mar 05 2018 63 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather answers several listener questions about * how to do strength training with knee issues * how to include fats in your diet while losing weight * how to know when to take a maintenance break * how to set a goal weight * and much more! To join The Half Size Me Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

316 – Half Size Me: Living Your Best Life With Julie
Feb 26 2018 45 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Julie about * what made her realize she was not taking care of herself * what it took for her to see she was not living her best life * why she finally created the "Don't Eat Crap" diet * and much more! To join The Half Size Me Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

315 – Half Size Me: Learning To Love Your Body Instead of Resenting It With Shawna
Feb 19 2018 50 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Shawna about * how she learned to love her body instead of resenting it * what healthy habits she had to learn to finish losing weight after getting a gastric sleeve * why she realized weight loss surgery shrank her stomach but did not fix her mind * and much more! To join The Half Size Me Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

314 – Half Size Me: How To Start Losing Weight Without A Weight Goal In Mind
Feb 12 2018 43 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Michelle about * how finding support for her drinking helped her begin to take care of herself * why she did not start losing weight with a weight goal in mind * what it means to her now that she is 6 years sober and maintained a 40+ pound weight loss * and much more! To join The Half Size Me Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or a certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

313 – Half Size Me: How To Be A Critical Thinker While Losing Weight With Leigh Peele
Feb 05 2018 55 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Leigh about * how to be a critical thinker while losing weight * how to know if someone is using science based research the correct way * what are the simple facts to fat loss you want to look for * and much more! To learn more about Leigh, click here. To join The Half Size Me Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

312 – Half Size Me: ACH 023 – Heather Shares Her Story
Jan 29 2018 74 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, the tables are turned! Heather gets interviewed by fellow podcaster and Half Size Me Community member, Julie Tussey. They discuss * why Heather gained weight as a child * what special message she would go back and tell herself * how she has kept her weight off * what she has learned about maintenance after 6 years of maintaining her weight * what the future plans are for Half Size Me * and much more! To join The Half Size Me Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

311 – Half Size Me: Reducing Stress to Help Lose Weight With Rachel
Jan 22 2018 52 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Rachel about * how PCOS impacts weight and health * what she did to reduce her stress and help with her weight loss * what she did so she could become more consistent with tracking * and much more! To learn more about Jason, click here. To join The Half Size Me Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

310 – Half Size Me: How To Start Your Journey In A New Way With Jason
Jan 15 2018 42 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Jason about * how to find a trainer who understands your needs * how to look for new ways to start your journey other than with food * why you need to learn lessons via trial and error * and much more! To learn more about Jason, click here. To join The Half Size Me Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.


309 – Half Size Me: How To Communicate What You Need To Your Loved Ones With Donald
Jan 08 2018 49 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Donald about * how Type 2 Diabetes led him to change his weight loss approach * what he did to prevent feeling deprived of the foods he loves * how to communicate what you need to your loved ones * and much more! To join The Half Size Me Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

308 – Half Size Me: Experimenting To Find What Works Best For You With Jenna
Jan 01 2018 44 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Jenna about * why she had to experiment for 9 years with weight loss to find what worked for her * why allowing more treats and fun in her life lead to better weight loss results * how she views the coaching process and how you can know when you need coaching * and much more! To join The Half Size Me Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

307 – Half Size Me: The Keys To True Happiness With Katie (Runs For Cookies)
Dec 25 2017 52 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Katie about * how facing mental health struggles helped her find happiness * why she now focuses on doing things that make her happy * why self-acceptance and self-love are really the keys to true happiness * and much more! To learn more about Katie, click here. To join The Half Size Me Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join   About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

306 – Half Size Me: How To Set Your Weight Loss Goals By Focusing On Benefits and Drawbacks With Lyle MacDonald (Part 2)
Dec 18 2017 79 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Lyle about * what kind of carbs (and how many) to eat if you're dealing with PCOS * what you need to know about the false research surrounding weight regain * how to set your weight loss goals by focusing on benefits and drawbacks * and much more! To join The Half Size Me Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join Resources   About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

305 – Half Size Me: Getting the Best Results With Fat Loss – An Interview With Lyle MacDonald Part 1
Dec 11 2017 60 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Lyle about * how to diet "properly" * the two things he recommends all women do to get the best results with fat loss * how to lose weight in harmony with your cycle * and much more! To join The Half Size Me Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join Resources BodyRecomposition.com (Lyle's site) About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

304 – Half Size Me: ACH 022 – Why You Need To Grow, Change, and Learn To Re-Wire Your Brain To Make Weight Loss Possible
Dec 04 2017 49 mins  
In this Ask Coach Heather session, Heather answers listener questions about * how to discuss weight and body image with your kids * why you need to grow, change and learn to re-wire your brain to make weight loss possible * how to help you push past a weight loss wall * and more! To join The Half Size Me Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

303 – Half Size Me: How To Learn What Will And Won’t Work For You With Krissy
Nov 27 2017 58 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Krissy about * how she learned what would not work for her based on her previous attempts at weight loss * how going to a plastic surgeon impacted her weight loss journey * what she would, and would not, be willing to do to achieve her fitness goals * and much more! To join The Half Size Me Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

302 – Half Size Me: Finding a Sustainable Approach to Weight Loss With Emily
Nov 20 2017 46 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Emily about * why she had to find other interests to focus on after a lifetime of focusing on weight loss * how her struggle with bulimia caused her to focus on weight loss differently * what helped her realize her old approach to weight loss was not sustainable * and much more! To join The Half Size Me Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join Resources Recovery Warriors (podcast) Intuitive Eating: A Revolutionary Program That Works (book) Run Fast. Eat Slow.: Nourishing Recipes for Athletes (book) Daring Greatly: How the Courage to Be Vulnerable Transforms the Way We Live, Love, Parent, and Lead (book) Big Magic: Creative Living Beyond Fear (book) About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.


301 – Half Size Me: How Jessy Lost 70 Pounds Without Giving Up Her Favorite Foods
Nov 13 2017 46 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Jessy about * what she did to make sure she could work exercise into her busy schedule * how she lost 70 pounds without giving up her favorite foods * what made her realize slow weight loss was better than fast weight loss * and much more! To join The Half Size Me Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join Resources https://www.amazon.com/Daniel-Plan-Days-Healthier-Life/dp/0310344298 https://www.instagram.com/diaryofafitmommyofficial/?hl=en https://www.vitamix.com/us/en_us/ About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

300 – Half Size Me: ACH 023 – The 6 Lessons You’ve Learned Listening To The Half Size Me Show
Nov 06 2017 55 mins  
In this Ask Coach Heather session, Heather answers listener questions about the 6 lessons you've learned listening to the Half Size Me Show! To join The Half Size Me Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join Resources     About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

299 – Half Size Me: How To Gain Control Of Your Life After Gaining Back The Weight With Holli
Oct 30 2017 50 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Holli about * what she had to find after she gained weight following weight loss surgery * how she deals with stress now after getting control over her weight * what she really learned after having gastric bypass surgery * and much more! To join The Half Size Me Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join Resources Dave Ramsey's Financial Peace https://www.strava.com http://www.myfitnesspal.com Primal Potential (podcast) Foodist with Darya Rose, Ph.D (podcast) The Model Health Show (podcast) About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

298 – Half Size Me: Why You Must Believe In Yourself To Change Your Mindset And Your Body With Marty Wolfe
Oct 23 2017 56 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Marty about * what he learned about himself after being a contestant on the Biggest Loser * why taking care of yourself needs to happen before focusing on weight loss * why we must believe in ourselves to change our mindset and our bodies * and much more! To learn more about Marty, click here. To join The Half Size Me Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

297 – Half Size Me: Why You Don’t Want To “Borrow” Weight Loss Only To Regain It With Bryan
Oct 16 2017 40 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Bryan about * how he hit rock bottom at almost 600 pounds * what he did to help him start his weight loss * why he did not want to "borrow" weight loss only to regain it later * and much more! To learn more about Bryan, click here. To join The Half Size Me Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

296 – Half Size Me: Why Enjoying The Process Of Weight Loss Is Key To Doing It In A Sustainable Way With Chris
Oct 09 2017 44 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Chris about * why she had to lose and regain the same 80 pounds multiple times before realizing she needed to go slower in the process * why enjoying the process of weight loss is key to doing it in a sustainable way * how her journey to losing over 70 pounds started with a jug of water * and much more! To join The Half Size Me Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

295 – Half Size Me: Stop Allowing The Scale To Impact Your Self-Image With Jay
Oct 02 2017 42 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Jay about * why he had to learn to maintain his weight before he could lose it and keep it off * how he has learned to not fall victim to weight loss scams * how to stop allowing the scale to impact your self-image * and much more! To join The Half Size Me Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join Resources About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

294 – Half Size Me: Why You Must Focus On Your Minimums To Make Progress With Jen
Sep 25 2017 43 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Jen about * why she had to let go of doing everything and focus on her minimums to make progress * how support in the gym and online has been instrumental in hitting her weight loss goals * how she will plan differently for major life changes so she will not gain the weight back * and much more! To join The Half Size Me Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.


293 – Half Size Me: Why Support Is a Necessity To Maintain Your Weight With Tamar
Sep 18 2017 42 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Tamar about * how a 12-step program helped her with her emotional issues around food * why she realized support is a necessity for her to maintain her weight * why she loves and enjoys her life even more now at 61 * and much more! To join The Half Size Me Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

292 – Half Size Me: How To Coach Yourself To Help Deal With Emotional Eating With Kimberley
Sep 11 2017 45 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Kimberley about * how she learned to coach herself to help her deal with emotional eating * what her message is to all Army wives * why she had to alter a diet to make it work for her * and much more! To join The Half Size Me Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join Resources Bryony Gordon's Mad World (podcast) Freedom (productivity app) Happy Scale (app) Moment – Screen Time Tracker (productivity app) About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

Bonus 001 – Half Size Me: Climbing Out To Sobriety With Hammond Chamberlain
Sep 07 2017 26 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Hammond about * why addiction can impact more than just your weight * how your childhood experiences can trigger addictive behaviors * how to know the signs you may be struggling with an addiction * and much more! To learn more about Hammond and the Climb Out To Sobriety, click here. To join The Half Size Me Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

291 – Half Size Me: How To Make Peace With Food With Molly
Sep 04 2017 48 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Molly about * how she learned to make peace with food * how she uses journaling to help with her eating * what made her realize she wants more for herself after years of struggling with body acceptance * and much more! To join The Half Size Me Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join Resources Molly's Freedom Fuel Template (free Powerpoint resource courtesy of Molly) Bryony Gordon's Mad World (podcast) Freedom (productivity app) Happy Scale (app) Moment - Screen Time (productivity app) About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

290 – Half Size Me: What You Can Do Today To Make Sure You Won’t Regain The Weight With Nicole
Aug 28 2017 37 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Nicole about * how she learned that taking care of herself was more important than her job * what she's doing today to make sure she won't have to lose the weight again in the future * how she was able to lose weight while still eating wings and beer * and much more! To join The Half Size Me Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join Resources Weight Watchers Fitbit Be More Than Pink About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

289 – Half Size Me: How Emily Used Self-Love As Motivation To Lose Over 136 Pounds
Aug 21 2017 41 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Emily about * how she used self-love as her motivation to lose over 136 pounds * why, when you're struggling with depression, you should focus on "minimums" * how using the Half Size Me Community resources have helped her with emotional eating * and much more! To join The Half Size Me Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join Resources https://www.fitnessblender.com https://www.weightandwellness.com/resources/podcasts/ http://simplerootswellness.com About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

288 – Half Size Me: Ask Coach Heather 20 – Listener Questions Answered!
Aug 14 2017 39 mins  
In this Ask Coach Heather session, Heather answers listener questions about * what is the best breakfast to eat for weight loss? how do you change your thoughts about starting your weight loss over again after gaining it back? * what do you think about body acceptance, HAES, and weight loss? * how do you avoid the diet and over eating cycle? * and more! To join The Half Size Me Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join   About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

287 – Half Size Me: What Are You Ready To Change Right Now?
Aug 07 2017 42 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Corinne about * why she had to ask herself, "What am I ready to change right now?" to lose 100 pounds * what helped her realize she didn't want to have to continue losing weight over and over again * what it takes to make the small habits stick * and much more! To learn more about Corinne, click here. To join The Half Size Me Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.


286 – Half Size Me: How To Manage Your Emotions Without Using Food
Jul 31 2017 49 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Bridgitte about * how she pushed past the feelings of perfectionism and started taking action * how as a nurse she learned to make space for herself and avoid issues related to obesity * how she learned to manage her emotions without food * and much more! To join The Half Size Me Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join Resources Gallon Gear Utility Water Jug Cover Refuse to Regain! (book) About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

285 – Half Size Me: Learning How To Treat Yourself Better With Katie
Jul 24 2017 46 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Katie about * how Katie learned to her treat herself to help her lose over 50 pounds * why coaching has been one of the best things she has ever done for herself * how giving herself more permission with food helped her with her weight loss * and much more! To join The Half Size Me Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

284 – Half Size Me: Ask Coach Heather Session 19 – Listener Questions Answered!
Jul 17 2017 50 mins  
In this Ask Coach Heather session, Heather answers listener questions about * how to approach weight loss when you hear there is a 95% failure rateto eat according to a number scale * how to eat according to a number scale * how to find maintenance and weight loss calorie ranges * how to work on emotional eating * how to choose an approach to get on the most direct road to your goals * how to stop fearing food and learn to enjoy it To join The Half Size Me Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join Resources     About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

283 – Half Size Me: Why It’s So Important To Let Go Of Perfection With Frank
Jul 10 2017
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Frank Beard, Analyst/Evangelist for Convenience Store Trends, with GasBuddy about * how he lost 6 pounds in 30 days eating at convenience stores and gas stations * why it's so important to let go of being perfect and making progress for maintaining a healthy weight * how he learned convenience stores have many healthy options to help you travel and eat well * and much more! To learn more about Frank, click here. To join The Half Size Me Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join Resources Frank's Instagram - https://www.instagram.com/30daysofgasstationfood/ "This is where I post photos of healthful food that I find at convenience stores." Click HERE for a simple "how-to" guide for anyone who wants to know how to navigate a gas station. About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

282 – Half Size Me: How Tapping Into Your Creativity Will Help You Lose Weight And Maintain With Pat
Jul 03 2017
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Pat about * what she had to focus on to motivate her to lose weight at 64 years of age * how she's maintained her 60 pound weight loss since 2009 * how tapping into your creativity will help you lose weight and maintain * and much more! To learn more about Pat, click here and here. To join The Half Size Me Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

281 – Half Size Me: Discovering the Key To Losing Weight In A Healthy, Balanced Way With Stephanie
Jun 26 2017
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Stephanie about * how her battle with depression affected losing weight * how she discovered the key to losing weight in a healthy balanced way * how learned to separate her beliefs from the reality of her situation * and much more! To learn more about Stephanie, click here. To join The Half Size Me Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join Resources Better Than Before (book) You Can Buy Happiness (book) Rowdy Kittens (blog) About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

280 Half Size Me: Ask Coach Heather Session 18 – Heather’s 3 Tips On How To Turn Even The Worst Day Around
Jun 19 2017
In this Ask Coach Heather session, Heather shares a recent Half Size Me Community webinar where she shares her three tips on how to turn even the worst day around and she talks about * how to stay motivated, especially when things are hard * why you should embrace your "failures" * how your worst day can become your greatest success * and more! To get on the The Half Size Me Community waiting list, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join Resources: https://startupbros.com/the-only-thing-that-will-determine…/ https://hbr.org/2012/12/nine-ways-successful-people-de http://www.johnmaxwell.com/…/it-all-comes-down-to-what-you-… https://blog.bufferapp.com/the-myth-of-passion-and-motivati… About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

279 – Half Size Me: Finding Boundaries With Food And Relationships With Kimonica
Jun 12 2017
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Kimonica about * why she had to find boundaries with food and relationships to get healthy * why she could not do "extremes" with her eating to lose weight for the long term * how she moved past unhealthy relationships to get to a healthy body * and much more! To join The Half Size Me Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.


278 – Half Size Me: Caring For Others While Focusing On Your Health With Jonathan
Jun 05 2017
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Jonathan about * how to care for others and while still focusing on your health * how, as a pastor, he balances eating with his congregation and his health goals * how he finds balance between what is good for him vs. what is not * and much more! To learn more about Jonathan, click here. To join The Half Size Me Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join Resources The Art of The Pilgrimage (book) Waterlogged - Daily Hydration Tracker (app) About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

277 – Half Size Me: Learning To Accept Yourself And Realize Your Gifts With Trish
May 29 2017
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Trish about * how she learned to accept herself and realized all her gifts * how becoming more compassionate with herself was a key to making better food choices * why we are more than our bodies and need to celebrate the gifts inside each of us * and much more! To join The Half Size Me Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join Resources http://www.adultchildren.org https://www.claudiablack.com https://www.tarabrach.com http://www.intuitiveeating.org http://www.stitcher.com/podcast/wwwstitchercompodcastsavorpodcast/savor-podcast About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

276 – Half Size Me: Ask Coach Heather Session 17 – Listener Questions!
May 22 2017
In this Ask Coach Heather session, Heather answers listener questions about * how to plan your treats rather than eating off plan impulsively * why love and compassion does not give you permission to do whatever you want * what is the best diet and fitness plan to start with * and more! To join The Half Size Me Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join   About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

275 – Half Size Me: Eat And Move To Change Your Body Composition With Tiffany
May 15 2017
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Tiffany about * what information you can get from a DEXA scan and how to use it * how to eat and move to help change your body composition * what you can learn fwith a VO2 Max test and how it will help you with your training * and much more! To learn more about Tiffany, click here. Coupon code 10% off service: halfsizeme To join The Half Size Me Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

274 – Half Size Me: Why You Have To Be Honest With Yourself To Lose The Weight With Alex
May 08 2017
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Alex about * how she had to create her own plan of what worked for her. * why allowing treats in the journey was key to her success this time * why you have to be honest with yourself to lose the weight * and much more! To join The Half Size Me Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join Resources Foodist with Darya Rose, Ph.D (podcast) SkinnyTaste (blog) It Was Me All Along: A Memoir (book) The Power of Habit (book) The Shift: How I Finally Lost Weight and Discovered a Happier Life (book) About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

273 – Half Size Me: Never Give Up On Yourself with Shelly
May 01 2017
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Shelly about * why she knew she'd decided to do this and would never give up * how she became her own best friend * how she learned about maintenance while losing the weight * and much more! To join The Half Size Me Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join Resources http://www.skinnytaste.com http://drdebbutler.com/category/podcast http://realweightlossrealwomen.com/category/podcast/ About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

272 – Half Size Me: Ask Coach Heather 016 – Answering Listener Questions!
Apr 24 2017
In this Ask Coach Heather session, Heather answers listener questions about * How do you know if you can skip a meal without self-sabotaging? * Can you lose weight eating a high-fat diet? * How do you set up your home to support your health and weight loss? * and more! To join The Half Size Me Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join Resources http://news.cornell.edu/stories/2015/10/whats-your-countertop-might-predict-your-weight http://www.burnthefatblog.com/the-simple-hierarchy-of-fat-loss https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC2763382/ https://authoritynutrition.com/15-conditions-benefit-ketogenic-diet/ http://www.epilepsy.com/learn/treating-seizures-and-epilepsy/dietary-therapies/ketogenic-diet About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

271 – Half Size Me: How Brittney Overcame Extreme Obstacles To Lose The Weight and Keep It Off
Apr 17 2017
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Brittney about * how she weight went from 84 pounds to 240 pounds * what the similarities are between binge eating, anorexia, and bulimia * how she changed her mindset, lost the weight, and keep it off after years of eating disorders * and much more! To join The Half Size Me Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.


270 – Half Size Me: Why You Need To Build A Strong Support System To Reach Your Goals
Apr 10 2017 58 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Lita about * how learned to eat in moderation after being very restrictive with her food * why she needed to build a strong support system at home and online to reach her goals * why she wishes she had gone to therapy much earlier in her journey * and much more! To join The Half Size Me Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or a certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

269 – Half Size Me: Why Forgiving Yourself Can Set You Free To Lose Weight
Apr 03 2017 52 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Callie about * why forgiving yourself can set you free to lose weight * how she stopped feeling like she had to take care of everyone else and finally took care of herself * why a co-dependent relationship left her lost and confused and how she overcame it * and much more! To join The Half Size Me Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

268 – Half Size Me: Why You Have To Face Your Food Issues With Kate
Mar 27 2017 48 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Kate about * why she had to be willing to feel sadness to face her issues with food * how she used being an "obliger" to her advantage * why she focused on food first and added fitness later * what her experience on the Today Show was like * and much more! To join The Half Size Me Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

267 – Half Size Me: You Must Focus On Habits To Be Successful With Nancy
Mar 20 2017 49 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Nancy about * how even after weight loss surgery you must focus on habits to be successful * how she helps people avoid distractions from weight loss gimmicks * how she discovered after maintaining her weight loss for 13 years there is no quick fix * and much more! To learn more about Nancy, click here. To join The Half Size Me Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

266 – Ask Coach Heather Session 15: Heather Answer’s Listener Questions!
Mar 13 2017 38 mins  
In this Ask Coach Heather session, Heather answers listener questions about * How to know if you really need to lose more weight? * How to get refocused on your healthy habits when your lifestyle changes? * How to stay motivated with the process of slow, sustainable habit change during weight loss? * and more! To join The Half Size Me Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

265 – Half Size Me: Learning To Let Go Of Perfection To Make Progress With Shari
Mar 06 2017 58 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Half Size Me Community member Shari about * how she figured out all the things that did not work for her * why she hasn't eaten salad and done any structured exercise to lose weight * how she learned to let go of being perfect to make progress * * and much more! Resources https://thelifecoachschool.com/category/podcasts/ https://www.amazon.com/Life-Changing-Magic-Tidying-Decluttering-Organizing/dp/1607747308 https://www.amazon.com/Love-Languages-Secret-that-Lasts/dp/080241270X http://www.halfsizeme.com/shop/ - Time management course To join The Half Size Me Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

264 – Half Size Me: How To Use Self-Love To Reach Your Weight Loss Goals With Que
Feb 27 2017 48 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Que about * how you can use aggressive self-love to reach your weight-loss goals * why it's sometimes important to remove timelines and deadlines from her weight-loss journey * what you should do from the beginning of our journey to help you lose weight * and much more! To learn more about Que, click here and here. To join The Half Size Me Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

263 – Half Size Me: Creating Your Own Plan With Jen
Feb 20 2017 56 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Jen about * why she thought her obesity was something she was born with and was a part of her * how she learned to take selective pieces of information and create her own plan * what it took for her to switch her focus to habit change so she could lose weight * and much more! To join The Half Size Me Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join Resources Hoopla Digital (audiobooks) Fitbit Sarah F Ragoso (Podcast) Open Sky Fitness (podcast) Natural MD Radio Nutrition Diva (app) Forks Over Knives (book) About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.


262 – Ask Coach Heather Session 14: 6 Tips To Help You Focus On Maintenance In Your Weight Loss Journey
Feb 13 2017 45 mins  
In this Ask Coach Heather session, Heather share her 6 tips to help you focus on maintenance in your weight loss journey. To join The Half Size Me Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form. About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

261 – Half Size Me: Getting To A Place Of Self-Acceptance and Progress With Bobbie Jo
Feb 06 2017 53 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Bobbie Jo about * how dealing with co-dependency helped her with her weight loss * why changing her mindset around others judging her helped Bobbie Jo move forward * how Alanon helped get her to a place of self-acceptance and progress * and much more! Resources https://www.amazon.com/Codependent-No-More-Controlling-Yourself/dp/0894864025 http://primalpotential.com http://www.myfitnesspal.com https://www.fitbit.com To join The Half Size Me Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

260 – Half Size Me: The Importance Of Support In Your Weight Loss Journey With Jasmine
Jan 30 2017 47 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Jasmine about * why she had to let go of being perfect with her binge eating * how she realized that high and low motivation is part of the process * why she will always need to be connected to weight loss support to help her maintain her weight loss * and much more! Resources http://www.skinnytaste.com https://www.amazon.com/Finally-Thin-Lost-Pounds-Off/dp/0767929519 To join The Half Size Me Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

259 – Half Size Me: How Changing Your Approach To Weight Loss Can Help Make It Permanent With Sheryl
Jan 23 2017 47 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Sheryl about * why finding support for your weight loss or weight maintenance is so important * how she gained control over her emotions to ward off emotional binge eating * how changing her approach to weight loss helped make it permanent this time * and much more! To join The Half Size Me Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

258 – Half Size Me: Why Finding Support Helps You Finish What You Started With Beckki
Jan 16 2017 48 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Beckki about * why finding support helped her finish what she started * why getting below 200 pounds was a day she will never forget * how she felt when she realized all the work she would need to do to keep the weight off * and much more! To join The Half Size Me Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

257 – Half Size Me: Why You Must Learn To Be Honest With Yourself With Linda
Jan 09 2017 60 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Half Size Me Community member Linda about * why you must learn to be honest with yourself to lose the weight * why we should not judge ourselves as "good" or "bad" based on the food we eat * how she learned to do things that made her happy * and more! Resources: Better Than Before (book) To join The Half Size Me Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

256 – Ask Coach Heather Session 13: 3 Key Strategies to Help You Overcome Sabotaging Thoughts
Jan 02 2017 36 mins  
In this Ask Coach Heather session, Heather discusses * 3 key strategies to help you overcome sabotaging thoughts * listener questions * and more! To join The Half Size Me Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form. About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

255 – Half Size Me: What Life Is Like After Losing 355 Pounds With Brenda
Dec 26 2016 46 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Brenda about * what life is like after losing over 355 pounds * how she lost the last 25 pounds * how her sleep has improved and what to do if you struggle with sleep apnea * and much more! To join The Half Size Me Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.


254 – Half Size Me: Why Setting Boundaries Is Essential To Your Progress With Sara
Dec 19 2016 46 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Sara about * why setting boundaries is essential to your progress * why she had to make her binge eating a priority before weight loss * what helped her realize her deeper why or reason for losing weight * and much more! To join The Half Size Me Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

253 – Half Size Me: Why Self-Care Is Not Selfish With Lisa
Dec 12 2016 50 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Lisa about * how alcohol addiction relates to food addiction * why self-care is not selfish but rather a step toward healing * why she created the "what works for Lisa" plan * and much more! Resources http://www.al-anon.alateen.org/the-twelve-steps To learn more about Lisa, click here. To join The Half Size Me Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

252 – Half Size Me: How You Can Learn From Your Past To Change Your Present With Gay
Dec 05 2016 40 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Gay about * how you can learn from your past to change your present * how to discover the calorie range that works best for you * why finding exercises you enjoy is key to sticking with your goals * and much more! To join The Half Size Me Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join Resources http://www.thedietfix.com http://www.myfitnesspal.com https://www.fitbit.com http://www.fat2fittools.com/tools/bmr/ http://eatmore2weighless.com/weight-loss-calculator/ About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

251 – Half Size Me: How To Start All Over Again (And Succeed) With Sean
Nov 28 2016 62 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Sean about * why keeping it simple and creating a calorie budget was what he needed to build consistency * how he learned a valuable lesson from a weight gain relapse * why losing weight did not make him happy * how "extreme self-care" helped him change his approach to weight loss the second time around * and much more! To learn more about Sean, click here. And check out his podcast, Transformation Planet, HERE. To join The Half Size Me Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

250 – Ask Coach Heather Session 12: 7 Tips On How You Can Be Thankful For Yourself
Nov 21 2016 26 mins  
In this Ask Coach Heather session, Heather discusses her 7 tips on how you can be thankful for yourself! To join The Half Size Me Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form. About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

249 – Half Size Me: Why Taking Time For Yourself Is Essential With Catherine
Nov 14 2016 57 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Catherine about * why it is so important to surround yourself with positive people to make this journey possible * why perfectionism won't help you become healthy and happy * why taking time for yourself is essential to accomplishing your goals * what Catherine learned was the first key to permanent change * and much more! To join The Half Size Me Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join Resources Beyond Burn Out (podcast) https://www.fitbit.com http://realweightlossrealwomen.com http://beyondburnout.com http://www.stitcher.com/podcast/jeff-sanders/the-5-am-miracle http://www.nachomamasblog.com/p/podcast.html food scale About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

248 – Half Size Me: How To Learn To Love Yourself With Valerie
Nov 07 2016 47 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Valerie about * how she learned to love herself and finally slowed down and take her sweet time with weight loss * how she realized over-exercising was not the key to getting off her weight * what it took for her to love and dress the body she had so she felt fabulous * and much more! To join The Half Size Me Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

247 – Half Size Me: Katie and Rik From The Documentary From Fat To Finish Line
Oct 31 2016 53 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Katie and Rik about * what weight loss, running, and movie making all have in common * why waiting until you feel ready to take action is not a good idea * how running the race made Katie and Rik better people and runners * and much more! To join The Half Size Me Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join To learn more about Katie, click here. To learn more about Rik, click here. For more info about the documentary, From Fat To Finish Line: Official Trailer: https://vimeo.com/173552263 Official Website: http://fromfattofinishlinefilm.com Official Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/FatToFinish Official YouTube: https://goo.gl/3VOGds IMDB: http://www.imdb.com/title/tt2463712 Twitter: https://twitter.com/FatToFinish Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/FatToFinish About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.


246 – Half Size Me: Why Focusing On your Minimum Effort Will Help You Lose Weight And Keep It Off With Adam
Oct 24 2016 50 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Adam about * what you need to know about images you see in movies and on TV * why you should not fear eating more * why focusing on your minimum effort will help you lose weight and keep it off * why he had to gain 30 pounds while losing 119 * and much more! To learn more about Adam, click here. To join The Half Size Me Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join Resources The Art of Weight Maintenance (book) Smart Thermos Apple Watch About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

245 – Ask Coach Heather Session 11: 9 Tips To Help You Empower Yourself
Oct 17 2016 37 mins  
In this Ask Coach Heather session, Heather shares her 9 tips to help you empower yourself! Whether your goal is to lose weight, maintain weight, or just gain boundaries with pushy loved ones, Heather's tips are a great way to help you get started. If you'd like even more support this holiday season, we're covering many holiday "survival" topics during our live, weekly, members-only webinars. So, join us today! You can learn more by going to http://halfsizeme.com/join!   About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form. About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

244 – Half Size Me: Why Dreaming Big Was The Key To Success With Cristina
Oct 10 2016 55 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Cristina about * why you need to protect yourself while sharing online * how she lost 20 pounds in the first 4 months * why dreaming big was key to her ongoing success * and much more! To learn more about Cristina, click here. To join The Half Size Me Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

243 – Half Size Me: Why You Can’t Get Happiness From Six-Pack Abs With James
Oct 03 2016 55 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to James about * why you can't get happiness from six-pack abs * what the key to maintaining healthy relationships is when transforming your body * how he worked on recovering from his binge eating * what he learned about having binge relapses * and much more! To learn more about James, click here. To join The Half Size Me Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join Resources https://www.youtube.com/user/biolayne About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

242 – Half Size Me: Why You Must Let Go Of Perfectionism With Sandra
Sep 26 2016 41 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Sandra about * what led her regain the weight after losing 70 pounds * how she had to let go of perfectionism to lose the weight in a sustainable way * why admitting she didn't know everything and asking for help was the turning point * and much more! To learn more about Sandra, click here. To join The Half Size Me Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join Resources My Fitness Pal Happy Scale App About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

241 – Half Size Me: Choose To Focus On Changing Habits, Not Just Dieting with Laura
Sep 19 2016 60 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Laura about * how she lost over 60 pounds by not dieting * why she choose to focus on changing her habits and not just dieting * how she learned consistency with her habits was key to not gaining weight * and much more! To learn more about Laura, click here. To join The Half Size Me Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

240 – Ask Coach Heather Session 10 – How to Overcome Disordered Eating Habits
Sep 12 2016 46 mins  
In this Ask Coach Heather session, Heather discusses the three most common types of disordered eating habits, including grazing, over eating, and binge eating. She also shares the techniques she uses to help her own coaching clients overcome these weight loss obstacles. To join The Half Size Me Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form. About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

239 – Half Size Me: How To Move Forward In Your Journey With Jaimie
Sep 05 2016 52 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Jaimie about * what she realized she had to do to move forward in her journey * how she accepted there are hard things she needs to do to keep the weight off * how she learned to delay gratification and set boundaries around food * and much more! To learn more about Jaimie, click here. To join The Half Size Me Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.


238 – Half Size Me: Focusing On The Emotional Side of Weight Loss With Kate
Aug 29 2016 67 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Kate about * how she learned to accept her decision to let go of food and embrace weight loss * why she started treating her weight loss like a "chronic" condition and how this shift helped her keep the weight off * why focusing on the emotional side of weight loss was the key to her success * and much more! To learn more about Kate at her new blog, CLICK HERE. You can also read her post "Losing Weight: You're Only Mostly Doomed," by clicking here. To join The Half Size Me Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

237 – Half Size Me: Putting the Scale Away with Adrienne
Aug 22 2016 55 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Adrienne about * why lifting weights was key to her controlling her binge eating and transforming her body * what helped Adrienne put the scale away * why adding muscle cannot disappear over a week of vacation but your quick weight loss can * and much more! To learn more about Adrienne, click here. To join The Half Size Me Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

236 – Ask Coach Heather Session 9: Is Good Time Management the “Secret” to Losing Weight?
Aug 15 2016 35 mins  
In this session of Ask Coach Heather, Heather answers listener questions and shares her top time management tips to help you gain control over your weight loss. To join The Half Size Me Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form. About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

235 – Half Size Me: Why Creating Goals Beyond the Scale Can Help You Succeed with Sarah
Aug 08 2016 47 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Sarah about * why the words we hear when we're a kid deeply affect us into our adulthood * how getting out of the weight loss zone can be helpful when transitioning into maintenance * why creating new goals beyond the scale can help you succeed in maintenance * and much more! To learn more about Sarah, click here. To join The Half Size Me Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

234 – Half Size Me: Why Finding Happiness Means Knowing Yourself with David
Aug 01 2016 42 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to David about * why the media paints such a negative image of weight loss * how to tweak weight loss plans to make them work for you * why finding happiness means knowing yourself * and much more! To learn more about David, click here. HSMC Premium Membership Resources https://keepitupdavid.wordpress.com About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

233 – Half Size Me: How You Can Be 10 Pounds Heavier and Still Be Healthier and Happier with Belle
Jul 25 2016 59 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Belle about * why being restrictive with food as a child can impact your weight * what she learned was the one habit that leads to a binge * how you can be 10 pounds heavier and still be healthier and happier * and much more! http://www.halfsizeme.com/product/hsmc-monthly-1499/ Resources http://loseit.com https://www.fitbit.com http://www.fatsickandnearlydead.com http://www.benderfitness.com About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

232 – Ask Coach Heather Session 8: 7 Tips for Breaking the Diet Cycle
Jul 18 2016 34 mins  
In this session of Ask Coach Heather, Heather answers listener questions and shares 7 tips for breaking the diet cycle! To join The Half Size Me Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form. About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

231 – Half Size Me: How Overcoming Your Past Can Uplift Your Present with Francis
Jul 11 2016 55 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Francis about * how she had to work through sexual abuse to get healthy * why she decided to lose the weight after being alone on Thanksgiving * what she never forgets to stay happy and healthy in the present * and much more! To learn more about Francis, click here. To join The Half Size Me Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.


230 – Half Size Me: How to Overcome Emotional Eating with Michelle
Jul 04 2016 39 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Michelle about * how she learned to control her emotional eating * how she overcame feelings of discomfort so she could feel happy and content * why she gained weight to begin with and how she learned to deal with her emotions * and much more! To learn more about Michelle, click here. To join The Half Size Me Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

229 – Half Size Me: Why It Takes Dedication To Lose Weight On Vacation with Alexis
Jun 27 2016 46 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Alexis about * why no matter what plan you're on you have to tweak it to make it work for you * how she learned to become patient with herself when starting a new program * what happened in Florida that made her realize she needed to lose weight and take control of her life * and much more! To learn more about Alexis, click here. To join The Half Size Me Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

228 – Half Size Me: How Taking Time to Heal Helped Julie Reach Her Weight Loss Goals
Jun 20 2016 45 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Julie about * why she made maintenance her primary focus when losing weight for a second time. * why she took two years off to heal so she could work on her weight loss journey * how she learned that caring for herself was one thing she could do to improve her situation * and much more! To join The Half Size Me Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

227 – Ask Coach Heather Session 7: 7 Tips for Using Your Brain to Lose Weight
Jun 13 2016 33 mins  
In this session of Ask Coach Heather, Heather shares her 7 tips for using your brain to lose weight! CLICK HERE to pre-order* your copy of Heather's new book, The Art of Weight Maintenance today! Use the promo code podcastbook at checkout for 25% off (limited time offer). *Ebook available on June 15, 2016. You won't be charged until that date. To join The Half Size Me Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form. About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

226 – Half Size Me: Why It’s Always Your Responsibility to Take Care of Yourself with Elizabeth
Jun 06 2016 56 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Elizabeth about * how to change things up when you are struggling * why you shouldn't put your health and weight loss in the hands of one company or program * why it's always your responsibility to take care of yourself * and much more! To learn more about Elizabeth, click here. To join The Half Size Me Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

225 – Half Size Me: Why Being Honest with Yourself is Key to Changing Your habits with Vanessa
May 30 2016 47 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Vanessa about * why being honest with yourself is the key to changing your habits * how focusing on your own health can help your loved ones * how she learned to be kinder to herself so she could move past her mistakes * and much more! To learn more about Vanessa, click here. To join The Half Size Me Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

224 – Half Size Me: How to Stop Binge Eating with Author Kathryn Hansen
May 23 2016 46 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Kathryn about * how to create space between the urge to binge and taking action * why having a binge in recovery is part of the process * why being kind to yourself after having a binge is key to success * and much more! To learn more about Kathryn, click here. To join The Half Size Me Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

223 – Half Size Me: How to Enjoy the Weight Loss Journey with Naomi
May 16 2016 46 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Naomi about * why you must dive into the mental aspects of weight loss to keep it off long term * how viewing everything as a fun adventure has helped Naomi enjoy the journey of weight loss and maintenance * why allowing for weight fluctuations during the year is normal * and much more! To learn more about Naomi, click here. To join The Half Size Me Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.


222 – Ask Coach Heather Session 6 – 5 Tips to Help You Get the Maintainer’s Mindset
May 09 2016 35 mins  
In this session of Ask Coach Heather, Heather answers listener questions about * how she got started losing weight * would she have been as successful losing weight following her macros * how to help someone who asks you how to lose weight Also in this episode, Heather's 5 tips to help you get the maintainer's mindset so you lose weight and keep it off! To join The Half Size Me Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form. About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

221 – Half Size Me: Why Making Time For Your Weight Loss Means Creating Boundaries for Yourself with Gina
May 02 2016 35 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Gina about * why making time for your weight loss means creating boundaries for yourself * why she decided to lose the weight naturally * how focusing on the positive side of weight loss will help you get to your goals * and much more! To learn more about Gina, click here. To join The Half Size Me Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

220 – Half Size Me: How to Use Creativity Instead of Food to Stay Focused on Your Weight Loss
Apr 25 2016 45 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Half Size Me Community member Lorna about * why tracking your food can help with emotional eating * how to use creativity, instead of food, to stay focused on weight loss * how she learned weight loss is a process that's about refocusing yourself daily * and much more! To join The Half Size Me Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join Resources http://theweighwewere.com http://www.amazon.com/The-Eat-Clean-Diet-Fat-Loss-Forever/dp/B0027VT0DS http://brookecastillo.com About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

219 – Half Size Me: Why Focusing on Self Compassion will Help You Reach Your Weight Loss Goals with Cookie Rosenblum
Apr 18 2016 56 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Cookie about * why you should expect slip ups while working on over eating and binge eating * why focusing on self compassion will help you reach your weight loss goals * why becoming in tune with your own hunger signals will help you lose weight * and much more! To learn more about Cookie, click here. To join The Half Size Me Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join Resources http://realweightlossrealwomen.com/clearing-your-path/ Free Gift www.realweightlossrealwomen.com/heather About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

218 – Ask Coach Heather Session 5: 7 Tips to Get ReFocused On Your Weight Loss
Apr 11 2016 27 mins  
In this session of Ask Coach Heather, Heather shares with you her 7 tips to get refocused on your weight loss. To join The Half Size Me Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.   About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

217 – Half Size Me: Why Finding What Makes You Happy is Key to Weight Loss with Greg
Apr 04 2016 54 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Greg about * why finding what makes you truly happy will help you lose weight and keep it off * why surrounding yourself with people who are supportive is essential for long-term success * how finding work that you're truly passionate about can help you get to a healthy, balanced life * and much more! To learn more about Greg, click here. To join The Half Size Me Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

216 – Half Size Me: Why You Must Avoid Comparing Yourself To Others to Become Healthy and Happy with Tanja Shaw
Mar 28 2016 49 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Tanja about * why you must avoid comparing yourself to others to become healthy and happy * why you must focus on daily, doable actions and not on the scale * what red flags you need to watch out for to prevent overdoing exercise * and much more! To learn more about Tanja, click here. To join The Half Size Me Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

215 – Half Size Me: Why You Must Change Your Self Worth to Succeed
Mar 21 2016 50 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Laura about * how to begin reducing your binge eating now * why quality protein is a big key to gaining control over your binge eating * why you must change your self worth to succeed at your goals * and much more! To learn more about Laura's business, Greener Farmacy, click here. And to read her personal blog, click here. To join The Half Size Me Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.


214 – HSM: Ask Coach Heather Session 4
Mar 14 2016 56 mins  
In this session of Ask Coach Heather, Heather answers listener questions. To support The Half Size Me Show, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/patron About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

213 – Half Size Me: How To Take Back Your Health and Your Life With Tina
Mar 07 2016 45 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to HSM Community member Tina about * how her battle with cancer helped her decide to take back her health and her life * why she started removing fast food to get started * how she avoided information overload to help her achieve her goals * and much more! To join The Half Size Me Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

212 – Half Size Me: The Benefits of a Slow and Steady Approach to Weight Loss With Christy
Feb 29 2016 46 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Christy about * how she learned about the "slow and steady" approach to weight loss * why finding a low-carb eating plan was key to her success * what made her ready to learn and listen to her teachers to help her progress * and much more! To join The Half Size Me Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join Resources http://www.myfitnesspal.com https://beckdietsolution.wordpress.com http://www.livinlavidalowcarb.com http://brookecastillo.com About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

211 – Half Size Me: How Flexible Dieting Can Help Break the Diet Yo-Yo Cycle With Paige
Feb 22 2016 58 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Paige about * why carbs are not the bad guy * why overly restricting food is not the key to long-term weight loss * how flexible dieting can help you break the diet yo-yo cycle * and much more! To learn more about Paige, click here. To join The Half Size Me Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

210 – Half Size Me: Why Trying Different Approaches Is Key To Your Weight Loss Success With Sherena
Feb 15 2016 47 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Sherena about * why fast diets will leave you unhappy * why finding your own way with diet is like creating a piece of art * why trying different approaches is key to your weight loss success * and much more! To join The Half Size Me Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join Resources http://tipsofthescale.com http://www.myfitnesspal.com The Calorie Myth (Book) About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

209 – Half Size Me: 7 Tips for Sticking With Your Calorie Deficit
Feb 08 2016 32 mins  
In this session of Ask Coach Heather, Heather gives you her 7 tips for sticking with your calorie deficit. Plus, she answers a listener's question about the difference between "net calories" and "normal calories". To support The Half Size Me Show, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/patron About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

208 – Why Getting Stronger Is The Only Way To Change Your Body With Lou Schuler
Feb 01 2016 56 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to best-selling author Lou Schuler about -- what would happen if women stopped worrying about losing the last 10 pounds -- why getting stronger is the only way to change your body -- why you must focus on maintaining your weight over your life -- and much more! To learn more about Lou, click here. To join The Half Size Me Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join Resources Lou's books: Strong New Rules of Lifting About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

207 – Half Size Me: How You Can Find Peace With The Process With Holly
Jan 25 2016 45 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Holly about -- how she focused on her binge eating to get control and lose weight   -- why she started eating more and found peace with the process   -- how she learned to let go of external situations to gain control over her eating -- and much more! To join The Half Size Me Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.


206 – Half Size Me: Why Age Is Not A Factor When You’re Getting Healthy With Diane
Jan 18 2016 44 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Diane about * why weight loss after menopause is possible * how to not listen to those who say you can't do it * why age is not a factor when getting healthy * and much more! To join The Half Size Me Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

205 – Half Size Me: Ask Coach Heather Session 02
Jan 11 2016 26 mins  
Need some help with how to not clean your plate, dealing with compliments about your weight loss, or a spouse that is not on board with your weight loss journey? Then listen to this week's show for a special Ask Coach Heather edition! To get help and support for only $1, try The Half Size Me Community today! Go here for more: http://halfsizeme.com/join   About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

203 – Half Size Me: Why You Need a Strong “Why” To Succeed with Clara
Dec 28 2015 56 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Clara about * how pushing through the discomfort of exercise pays off * why you need to have a strong "why" to succeed when losing weight * how support made her weigh-ins (while weighing over 400 pounds) possible * and much more! Try The Half Size Me Community for only $1! Go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

202 – Half Size Me: How to be less critical and become more curious with Elizabeth Benton
Dec 21 2015 56 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Elizabeth about * why learning from her previous mistakes helped her move forward * why she had to become less critical and more curious about her actions * why she believes you must eat what you love to lose weight and keep it off * and much more! To learn more about Elizabeth, click here. To support The Half Size Me Show, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

201 – Half Size Me: Learning To Be Happy After Losing Weight With Andie
Dec 14 2015 59 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Andie about * how she learned to be happy after losing weight * what she does to still maintain her weight while allowing for treats and splurges * how she'd treat her own child if they struggled with their weight * and much more! To learn more about Andie, click here. To join The Half Size Me Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

200 – Half Size Me: The 200th Show Celebration!
Dec 07 2015 43 mins  
In this special, 200th episode celebration of The Half Size Me Show, Heather is sharing * her top 10 weight loss tips she's learned since starting the show * listener feedback about the show * and much more! To get support, try The Half Size Me Community for ONLY $1! http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

199 – Half Size Me: Eating the Foods You Love While Losing Weight with Ileen
Nov 30 2015 43 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Ilene about * what program was her key to weight loss success * why you don't have to follow a strict exercise regiment to lose weight * how you can make eating foods you love part of weight loss * and much more! To learn more about Ilene, click here. To support The Half Size Me Show, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/patron About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

198 – Half Size Me: Finding Balance with Your Exercise with Jay Scott
Nov 23 2015 49 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Jay about * how men deal with eating disorders differently than women * how to find balance with your exercise * how your view of yourself can be distorted and not the reality * and much more! To learn more about Jay, click here. To support The Half Size Me Show, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/patron Resources mentioned http://www.bodyrecomposition.com About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.


197 – Half Size Me: Staying Mentally Strong with Monica from RunEatRepeat.com
Nov 16 2015 43 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Monica about * why she chose follow intuitive eating after a long history of dieting and binge eating * how she approaches staying mentally strong when you can't run due to an injury * why long distance running is not necessarily a good choice for someone losing weight * and much more! To learn more about Monica, click here. To support The Half Size Me Show, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/patron About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

196 – Half Size Me: Accepting Your Body For What It Can Do with HSM Community Member Stacey
Nov 09 2015 55 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Stacey about * why getting a handle on her depression was essential to helping her lose weight * why maintaining her weight was such a challenge at first * how she learned to accept her body more for what it could do, and less for how it looked * and much more! To learn more about NAME, click here. To support The Half Size Me Show, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/patron About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

195 – Half Size Me: Health and Fitness at Any Age with Clarence Bass
Nov 02 2015 62 mins  
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show, Heather talks to Clarence about * what his key to long term success is * why you don't want to say you can't eat something * what you can do to find fitness you love at any age * and much more! To learn more about Clarence, click here. Get his new book, Take Charge: Fitness at the Edge of Science. To support The Half Size Me Show, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/patron About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

194 – HSM: Ask Coach Heather – Session 01
Oct 26 2015 23 mins  
In this first session of Ask Coach Heather, Heather answers listener questions about * how do you make the commitment to yourself (with all the time and focus it requires) while still maintaining your other responsibilities? * where do you start when you have to start over and how not to give up * and how did you deal with various "sticking" points Resources To support The Half Size Me Show, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/patron About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

193 – Half Size Me: How to Become Happier and Healthier with Kelly
Oct 19 2015 49 mins  
In this episode of Half Size Me, Heather talks to Kelly about * how cutting cable helped launch her weight loss * why not going to the gym gave her time to take care of herself and lose weight * how she stopped listening to others opinions and became happier and healthier * and much more! To learn more about Kelly, click here. Resources To support The Half Size Me Show, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/patron https://instagram.com/justcallmesamson/ http://www.evilsugarradio.com https://avocado.io About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

192 – Half Size Me: Importance of Meeting Your Emotional Needs with Amber
Oct 12 2015 55 mins  
In this episode of Half Size Me, Heather talks to Amber about * why dealing with the emotional needs that lead to over eating are so important * how knowing what she needs to fuel her body has helped her with binge eating * how her marriage ending impacted her maintenance journey * and much more! Resources To support The Half Size Me Show, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/patron http://www.sparkpeople.com About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

191 – Half Size Me: Do What Scares You With Tammy
Oct 05 2015 66 mins  
In this episode of Half Size Me, Heather talks to Tammy about * how she lost the weight after a medical scare * why she got into body building * how she keeps herself focused on achieving more in teaching and body building * and much more! To learn more about Tammy, click here. Support The Half Size Me Show, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/patron http://www.amazon.com/bodybugg-version-calorie-management-system/dp/B0050CPA5Ihttp://www.3dmusclejourney.com About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

190 – Half Size Me: Learning to Love and Accept Your Body with Brenda
Sep 28 2015 48 mins  
In this episode Heather talks to Brenda about * how losing the last 10 pounds impacts maintenance * how she overcame miscarriages and PCOS and the toll they took on her weight * why learning to love and accept her body has been a slow but rewarding process * and much more! To learn more about Brenda, click here. Resources Support the show, please go to: http://halfsizeme.com/patron Roni's Weigh (blog) Eat What You Love (Book) Beck Diet Solution About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.


189- Half Size Me: What It Takes to Succeed and Stay Motivated with Wanda
Sep 21 2015 52 mins  
In this episode of Half Size Me, Heather talks to Half Size Me Community member Wanda about * how she created a team to help her succeed * why changing her mindset had to happen before she could move toward her goals * what motivates her to stay with this journey * and much more! Resources To support The Half Size Me Show, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/patron http://www.amazon.com/How-Champions-Think-Sports-Life/dp/1476788626 http://www.amazon.com/Mind-Gym-Athletes-Guide-Excellence/dp/0071395970 http://www.amazon.com/100-Ways-Motivate-Yourself-Forever/dp/1564147754 About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

188 – Half Size Me: Losing Weight When It’s Not Easy with Patti
Sep 14 2015 49 mins  
In this episode of Half Size Me, Heather talks to Patti about * how she beat cancer and became empowered to gain control over her health * how she lost the weight even when it was not easy * what some of the tools are in her weight loss toolbox * and much more! You can learn more about Patti here. Resources To support The Half Size Me Show, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/patron About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

187 – Half Size Me: 4 Core Habits That Will Help You Lean Out with Georgie Fear
Sep 07 2015 57 mins  
In this episode of Half Size Me, Heather talks to Georgie about * why a meal plan may not help you long term * what 4 core habits will help you start learning out your body * how to handle life after the "honeymoon" phase of your weight loss plan ends * and much more! You can learn more about Georgie here. Resources To support The Half Size Me Show, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/patron About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

186 – Half Size Me: An Interview with Half Size Me Community Members’ Relay Race Team!
Aug 31 2015 64 mins  
                In this episode of Half Size Me, Heather talks to a few members of The Ragnar Relay Race Team (Don, Bergen, and Valerie) about how * losing a lot of weight made long distance running possible * sharing the experience of a relay race helped create a bond between them * they all achieved what they had once thought impossible * and much more! Go here to learn more about Ragnar Relay Races. Resources To support The Half Size Me Show, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/patron About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

185 – Half Size Me: Believing It’s Possible to Lose Weight with Rik
Aug 24 2015 49 mins  
In this episode of Half Size Me, Heather talks to Rik about * why slow, sustainable change is the best way to lose weight and keep it off * why being humble and asking for help is a way to guarantee changes will happen * why losing weight after a life of believing it's not possible has opened up so many doors for Rik * and much more! You can learn more about Rik here and on his Facebook page, here. Resources To support The Half Size Me Show, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/patron http://runkeeper.com/running-app About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

184 – Half Size Me: Why Maintaining is the Key to Long Term Weight Loss with Dr. David Levenson
Aug 17 2015 65 mins  
In this episode of Half Size Me, Heather talks to Dr. David Levenson about * why maintaining your weight (no matter where you're at) is the key to long term success * what you must learn to do to keep the weight off * why will power won't help you maintain your weight loss * and much more! You can learn more about David here. Resources To support The Half Size Me Show, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/patron About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

183 – Half Size Me: How Focusing on Habit Change Helped Kim Lose 107 Pounds
Aug 10 2015 53 mins  
mg3uw7bd In this episode of Half Size Me, Heather talks to Kim about * why communicating with her husband was a big key to her success * what helped Kim when the scale would not "cooperate" * how she focused her attention on habit change to lose 107 pounds * and much more! * Resources To support The Half Size Me Show, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/patron About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

182 – Half Size Me: Changing Your View of Beauty with Kaila
Aug 03 2015 56 mins  
To find out how to keep The Half Size Me Show coming out every week, click here: http://halfsizeme.com/patron In this episode of Half Size Me, Heather talks to Kaila about * why waiting to lose the last 10 pounds is a distraction from what may be making you really unhappy * how you can learn to be happy now and not just wait to reach your goal weight * how learning to be brave and showing your body is a way to change your view of beauty * and much more! To learn more about Kaila, click here. Resources To support The Half Size Me Show, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/patron http://www.themilitantbaker.com/2015/04/to-linda-healey-co-lane-bryant.html About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit the About page. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.


181 – Half Size Me: Why a Weight Gain After a Large Loss Is NOT a Failure with Natalie
Jul 27 2015 46 mins  
To find out how to keep The Half Size Me Show coming out every week, click here: http://halfsizeme.com/patron In this episode of Half Size Me, Heather talks to Natalie about * how she learned a weight gain after a large loss was not a failure * how staying healthy now can help your kids later in life * why maintaining and enjoying the journey is more important than hitting a goal number * and much more! Resources To support The Half Size Me Show, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/patron www.halfsizeme.com http://tipsofthescale.com http://cutthefatpodcast.com https://www.fitbit.com http://www.mapmyrun.com About The Half Size Me Show The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit the About page. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

180 – Half Size Me: How You Can Transform Your View of Maintenance with Krista
Jul 20 2015 48 mins  
To find out how to keep The Half Size Me Show coming out every week, click here: http://halfsizeme.com/patron In this episode of Half Size Me, Heather talks to Krista about * how weight loss helped her learn to deal with depression * what she learned about cooking that allowed her to eat larger meals * how she transformed her view of weight maintenance and plateaus * and much more! Resources To support The Half Size Me Show, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/patron http://www.runsforcookies.com http://www.amazon.com/God-Loves-Ugly-makes-beautiful/dp/B00E8V9ZT4 https://www.pinterest.com About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit the About page. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

179 – Half Size Me: What Motivated Brenda to Lose Over 300 Pounds?
Jul 13 2015 50 mins  
To find out how to keep The Half Size Me Show coming out every week, click here: http://halfsizeme.com/patron In this episode of Half Size Me, Heather talks to Brenda about * what major life event motivated Brenda to lose over 300 pounds * how she feels about loose skin and having it removed * why did not clear out all of her favorite food and made them work within her plan * and much more! Resources To support The Half Size Me Show, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/patron Weight Watchers Extreme Weight Loss (TV show) My 600 Pound Life (TV show) Weight Watchers Magazine About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Theme music, "Walk Alone" by Jim Armstrong courtesy of MusicAlley.com. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit the About page. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

178 – Half Size Me: Finding the Key to Maintaining a Healthy Life with Melah (who’s lost 100 pounds!)
Jul 06 2015 42 mins  
To find out how to keep The Half Size Me Show coming out every week, click here: http://halfsizeme.com/patron In this episode of Half Size Me, Heather talks to Melah about * how she beat two decades of bulimia, anorexia, and diet pills and lost the weight * why slowly removing certain foods was the key to maintaining her new healthy lifestyle * why her lack of feeling control in her life lead to her eating disorder and how exercise helped to fix it * and more! To learn more about Meliah, click here. Resources To support The Half Size Me Show, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/patron http://www.menshealth.com About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Theme music, "Walk Alone" by Jim Armstrong courtesy of MusicAlley.com. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit the About page. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

177 – Half Size Me: How to Make Changes in Your Life from a Place of Happiness with Brooke Castillo
Jun 29 2015 54 mins  
To find out how to keep The Half Size Me Show coming out every week, click here: http://halfsizeme.com/patron In this episode of Half Size Me, Heather talks to Brooke about * how to feel your emotions instead of emotionally eating * how to make changes in your life from a place of happiness * why what you do does not make you who you are * and much more! To learn more about Brooke, click here. Resources To support The Half Size Me Show, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/patron About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Theme music, "Walk Alone" by Jim Armstrong courtesy of MusicAlley.com. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit the About page. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

176 – Half Size Me: Why Losing More Weight Won’t Make You Happy with Barbara
Jun 22 2015 52 mins  
To find out how to keep The Half Size Me Show coming out every week, click here: http://halfsizeme.com/patron In this episode of Half Size Me, Heather talks to Half Size Me Community member Barbara about * how she maintained her weight after two pregnancies * why losing more weight was not going to make her happy * how becoming more confident has helped her with binge eating * and much more! To learn more about Barbara, click here. Resources To support The Half Size Me Show, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/patron 12 Minute Athlete App My Fitness Pal (Heather's food diary) About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Theme music, "Walk Alone" by Jim Armstrong courtesy of MusicAlley.com. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit the About page. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

175 – Half Size Me: Kettle Bell Q&A with Author and Trainer Tracy Reifkind
Jun 15 2015 44 mins  
To find out how to keep The Half Size Me Show coming out every week, click here: http://halfsizeme.com/patron In this episode of Half Size Me, Heather talks to Tracy about how * to find a good kettle bell trainer * to use kettle bells and avoid injury * to get better at the Turkish Get up * and much more! To learn more about Tracy, click here. Resources To support The Half Size Me Show, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/patron About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Theme music, "Walk Alone" by Jim Armstrong courtesy of MusicAlley.com. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit the About page. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

174 – Half Size Me: Surrounding Yourself With the Right Support (with Diane who’s lost 66 pounds!)
Jun 08 2015 53 mins  
To find out how to keep The Half Size Me Show coming out every week, click here: http://halfsizeme.com/patron In this episode of Half Size Me, Heather talks to Diane about why * it's important to decide what you want to change * slowing down helped her lose 66 pounds * vulnerability allowed her to surround herself with the right support * and much more! To learn more about Diane, click here. Resources To support The Half Size Me Show, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/patron http://www.amazon.com/Switch-Change-Things-When-Hard/dp/0385528752 http://www.amazon.com/Mindless-Eating-More-Than-Think/dp/0345526880 http://www.amazon.com/The-Compound-Effect-Darren-Hardy/dp/159315724X http://www.amazon.com/The-Beck-Diet-Solution-Person/dp/0848732758 About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Theme music, "Walk Alone" by Jim Armstrong courtesy of MusicAlley.com. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit the About page. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.


173 – Half Size Me: Why Vulnerability Is Key To Weight Loss Success With Mary Ann (who lost over 200 pounds!)
Jun 01 2015 57 mins  
To find out how to keep The Half Size Me Show coming out every week, click here: http://halfsizeme.com/patron In this episode of Half Size Me, Heather talks to Mary Ann about * why being vulnerable is the key to weight loss success * why her self talk had to change so she could learn to ask for help * why she had to find a new way of eating to lose over 200 pounds * and much more! To learn more about Mary Ann, click here. Resources To support The Half Size Me Show, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/patron About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Theme music, "Walk Alone" by Jim Armstrong courtesy of MusicAlley.com. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit the About page. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

172 – Half Size Me: Never Give Up On Yourself With Rudy (who lost 100 pounds!)
May 25 2015 57 mins  
To find out how to keep The Half Size Me Show coming out every week, click here: http://halfsizeme.com/patron In this episode of Half Size Me, Heather talks to Rudy about * why he gained the weight back multiple times before finally reaching his 100-pound weight loss goal * how he trained for an Iron man starting with aqua-areobics * how you can help a loved one lose weight without nagging * and much more! Resources To support The Half Size Me Show, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/patron http://www.amazon.com/The-Grace-Race-Inspiration-80-Year-Old/dp/143917749X http://www.amazon.com/Run-away-From-Dave-Kuehls/dp/0399524851 About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Theme music, "Walk Alone" by Jim Armstrong courtesy of MusicAlley.com. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit the About page. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

171 – Half Size Me: Why It’s Important To Make Time For Yourself With Jess
May 18 2015 44 mins  
To find out how to keep The Half Size Me Show coming out every week, click here: http://halfsizeme.com/patron In this episode of Half Size Me, Heather talks to Jess about * why creating "me" time is important when you have kids * why you must make sleep a priority just like eating and exercise * how not focusing on the scale helped Jess lose weight and keep it off * and much more! To learn more about Jess, click here. Resources To support The Half Size Me Show, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/patron Beck Diet Solution (book) The Slight Edge (book) About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Theme music, "Walk Alone" by Jim Armstrong courtesy of MusicAlley.com. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit the About page. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

170 – Half Size Me: Why Your Happiness Is More Important Than Your Weight With Robin
May 11 2015 57 mins  
To find out how to keep The Half Size Me Show coming out every week, click here: http://halfsizeme.com/patron In this episode of Half Size Me, Heather talks to Robin about * why she decided happiness was more important than her scale weight * how she slowly let go of weighing herself multiple times a day * how she learned to focus on the weight on the bar rather than the weight on the scale * and much more! About Robin: "My name is Robin Aiu (pronounced “I-you”) and I am 25 years old. I was born and raised in Kailua on the beautiful island of Oahu in Hawaii. I grew up with a very athletic family and have always enjoyed playing soccer. Im also a fish at heart and love being in the ocean. I started dating my now fiance, Jeff, in high school and we will soon be getting married on our 9 year anniversary. About 4 years into our relationship we found out we were pregnant with our now 5 year old son, Aiden. He is absolutely the light on our life. I have known from a very young age that if there was nothing in this world I was meant to do, I was always meant to be a mother. We have so enjoyed raising and watching out little champion grow into a wonderful little boy. About a year after we had our son Aiden we decided we needed to get off that little rock in the middle of the sea and make something of ourselves. So our young little family picked up and moved to Bend, Oregon. After a lot of struggling through the big move and sending Jeff to college to pursue firefighting, we are now owners of a very small house cleaning business and are doing everything we can to better all three of our lives. For me, I needed to feel good in my own skin. I needed to learn to love myself for once. I have struggled with my weight for a very long time, mostly in my head. As I look back, I realize that my weight and my health really didn’t become an issue until I graduated from high school. In my head, my weight issues started at age 6 and became really bad at age 12. For those that have been through the weight loss journey know that it's so much more mental than it is physical. So even though from the age of 6-18 one wouldn’t consider me overweight, no one could have convinced me any different from how I felt about myself. From the age of 15-24 I cycled through many diets trying to find the magical cure that would “fix” me. I thought this whole “life change” idea was absolutely ridiculous. Any time I would get on a new diet, I would go full force 100% until I eventually couldn’t take it anymore and gave up. For these years I felt like such a failure. About a year ago, I joined weight watchers with my mom and in search for extra help throughout the week, I found the half size me show. Eventually, the words of the show really started to resinate with me and I did exactly what I always thought was ridiculous, I made a lifestyle change. I started making small changes and those changes eventually became habits, and I became a new person. Throughout this last year, I have lost 60lbs. When I started out with weight watchers I weighed in at 255lbs. Since my heaviest (non-pregnancy) weight, I am down 80lbs from 275. In pregnancy I hit 300lbs. I currently weigh 195lbs and I have switched my focus to muscle building and fat loss opposed to weight loss. Overall, Im just excited about life and I love the life I live." Resources To support The Half Size Me Show, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/patron Tips of the Scale

169 – Half Size Me: Avoiding the Diet Trap with Dr. Charlotte Markey, Author of Smart People Don’t Diet
May 04 2015 52 mins  
To find out how to keep The Half Size Me Show coming out every week, click here: http://halfsizeme.com/patron In this episode of Half Size Me, Heather talks to Charlotte about * why following pre-made meal plan diets are often unsuccessful in the long term * why you need to find body acceptance to avoid the diet trap * what you can do to lose weight and keep it off when you aren't following a diet program To learn more about Charlotte, click here. Resources To support The Half Size Me Show, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/patron About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Theme music, "Walk Alone" by Jim Armstrong courtesy of MusicAlley.com. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit the About page. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

168 – Half Size Me: Why People Rebel Against One-Size-Fits-All Diets with Kevin Geary of RebootedBody.com
Apr 27 2015 49 mins  
To find out how to keep The Half Size Me Show coming out every week, click here: http://halfsizeme.com/patron In this episode of Half Size Me, Heather talks to Kevin Geary from RebootedBody.com about * how letting go of perfection and focusing on progress is how he found success * why he focuses more on movement than exercise * why people rebel against one-size-fits-all diets * and much more! To learn more about Kevin, click here. To support The Half Size Me Show, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/patron About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Theme music, "Walk Alone" by Jim Armstrong courtesy of MusicAlley.com. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit the About page. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

167 – Half Size Me: How to Overcome the Scarcity Mentality and Reach Your Weight Loss Goal with David (who’s lost
Apr 20 2015 55 mins  
To find out how to keep The Half Size Me Show coming out every week, click here: http://halfsizeme.com/patron In this episode of Half Size Me, Heather talks to David about how he overcame the scarcity mentality to get to his goal how he overcame abuse, being an alcoholic, and homelessness and learned to fight for his health why if you are working on weight loss with a loved one it's important you do it for yourself first and much more! To learn more about David, click here. Resources To support The Half Size Me Show, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/patron Running in the Fat Lane (Facebook page) Real Heidi Powell (Facebook page) Recreating Joy (Facebook page) Half the Mass (Facebook page) Affection for Fitness (Facebook page) Real Chris Powell (Facebook page) Haka Fitness (Facebook page) About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Theme music, "Walk Alone" by Jim Armstrong courtesy of MusicAlley.com. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit the About page. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

166 – Half Size Me: Why It’s Important to Have Strong Boundaries with Kelly
Apr 13 2015 46 mins  
To find out how to keep The Half Size Me Show coming out every week, click here: http://halfsizeme.com/patron In this episode of Half Size Me, Heather talks to Kelly about why * losing weight with weight loss surgery will not fix the reasons you are overweight to begin with * lifting weights is like sex * having strong boundaries means not allowing unhealthy, or unhelpful, thoughts in to your life To learn more about Kelly, click here. Resources To support The Half Size Me Show, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/patron http://www.amazon.com/Being-Zen-Bringing-Meditation-Life/dp/1590300130 http://www.amazon.com/Fat-Sick-Nearly-Dead/dp/B004O63TX6 About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Theme music, "Walk Alone" by Jim Armstrong courtesy of MusicAlley.com. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit the About page. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.


165 – Half Size Me: Successful Long-term Weight Maintenance with Jennifer
Apr 06 2015 55 mins  
To find out how to keep The Half Size Me Show coming out every week, click here: http://halfsizeme.com/patron In this episode of Half Size Me, Heather talks to Jennifer about why * long-term weight maintenance has been easier for Jennifer than losing weight * she feels most people should expect some weight gain after a large amount of weight loss * chasing the last 10 pounds may be about more than just "losing weight" * and much more! To learn more about Jennifer, click here. Resources To support The Half Size Me Show, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/patron About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Theme music, "Walk Alone" by Jim Armstrong courtesy of MusicAlley.com. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit the About page. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

164 – Half Size Me: The Healthiest Way to Achieve Your Goals with Nia Shanks
Mar 30 2015 59 mins  
To find out how to keep The Half Size Me Show coming out every week, click here: http://halfsizeme.com/patron In this episode of Half Size Me, Heather talks to Nia about * why dieting won't help undo your disordered eating * why adopting simple, basic eating principles is the healthiest way to achieve your goals * how you can view exercise less as punishment and more as a way to feel awesome * and more! To learn more about Nia, click here. Resources To support The Half Size Me Show, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/patron http://www.niashanks.com/stop-binge-eating/ http://www.amazon.com/Lessons-Dying-Rodney-Smith/dp/0861711408 About Half Size Me The Half Size Me Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Theme music, "Walk Alone" by Jim Armstrong courtesy of MusicAlley.com. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit the About page. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.

5 • 1 Ratings

christina Apr 29 2020
Ausgezeichnet. Sehr hilfreich.